• 570.00 KB
  • 2021-05-10 发布

中考英语语法过关检测试题

  • 121页
  • 当前文档由用户上传发布,收益归属用户
  1. 1、本文档由用户上传,淘文库整理发布,可阅读全部内容。
  2. 2、本文档内容版权归属内容提供方,所产生的收益全部归内容提供方所有。如果您对本文有版权争议,请立即联系网站客服。
  3. 3、本文档由用户上传,本站不保证质量和数量令人满意,可能有诸多瑕疵,付费之前,请仔细阅读内容确认后进行付费下载。
  4. 网站客服QQ:403074932
‎ 中考英语语法过关测试题 ‎ 1.There is ____ old woman in the car. ‎ ‎  A./ B.the C.a D.an ‎ 2.We often go to the park ____ Sundays. ‎ ‎  A.on B.in C.at D.from ‎ 3.My book ____ on the desk. ‎ ‎  A.is B.am C.are D.be ‎ 4.Which language is ____ ,English, French or Chinese?‎ ‎  A.difficult B.the difficult ‎  C.more difficult D.the most difficult ‎ 5.---- ____ book is this?‎ ‎   ----It's Kate's. ‎ ‎  A.When B.Why C.Where D.Whose ‎ 6.----Can you write a letter in English?‎ ‎   ----No, I ____. ‎ ‎  A.may not B.mustn't ‎  C.can't D.needn't ‎ 7.I ____ my homework when Mike came last night ‎  A.do B.was doing ‎  C.am doing D.have done ‎ 8.He began to ____ English three years ago. ‎ ‎  A.learn ‎  B.learns ‎  C.learned ‎  D.learning ‎ 9.Jim is a driver, ____ he?‎ ‎  A.does ‎  B.doesn't ‎  C.is ‎  D.isn't ‎ 10.“What's wrong ____ you?”the doctor asked. ‎ ‎  A.from ‎  B.with ‎  C.for ‎  D.at ‎ 11.He is rich, ____ he isn't happy. ‎ ‎  A.or ‎  B.so ‎  C.and ‎  D.but ‎ 12.----Where is Alice?‎ ‎   ----She ____ to the library. ‎ ‎  A.goes ‎  B.will go ‎  C.has gone ‎  D.had gone ‎ 13.“Help ____ to some meat, Mary, ”my aunt said to me. ‎ ‎  A.themselves ‎  B.ourselves ‎  C.yourself ‎  D.himself ‎ 14.We'll stay at home if it ____ tomorrow. ‎ ‎  A.rain ‎  B.rains ‎  C.is raining ‎  D.will rain. ‎ ‎ 15.The students ____ on a farm for ten days. Then they ____ to a factory. ‎ ‎ Though they ____ back at school, they still remembered those farmers and workers. ‎ ‎  A.have stayed; went; were ‎  B.had stayed; go; are ‎  C.have stayed; go; have been ‎  D.had stayed; went; were ‎ 16.John is ____ English boy. We are in the same class ‎  A.a B.an C.the D./‎ ‎ 17.Please give ____ the apple. ‎ ‎  A.me B.I ‎  C.my ‎  D.mine ‎ 18.“ ____ old are you?”“I'm twelve. ”‎ ‎  A.Who ‎  B.What ‎  C.Where ‎  D.How ‎ 19.“Can you answer this question, Sam?”“No, I ____. ”‎ ‎  A.can't ‎  B.needn't ‎  C.mustn't ‎  D.may not ‎ 20.They usually have a meeting ____ Monday. ‎ ‎  A.in ‎  B.for ‎  C.on ‎  D.at ‎ 21.There ____ three balls in the box. ‎ ‎  A.is ‎  B.are ‎  C.isn't ‎  D.am ‎ 22.Kate was late for school yesterday, ____ she?‎ ‎  A.is ‎  B.isn't ‎  C.wasn't ‎  D.was ‎ 23.Who is ____ , Tom, Mike or Jack?‎ ‎  A.careful ‎  B.more careful ‎  C.very careful ‎  D.the most careful ‎ 24.Can you ____ English, Li Lei?‎ ‎  A.speak ‎  B.say ‎  C.tell ‎  D.talk ‎ 25.Mr Li asked me ____ fishing with him. ‎ ‎  A.go ‎  B.to go ‎  C.goes ‎  D.going ‎ 26.He ____ in this school since 1995. ‎ ‎  A.study ‎  B.studying ‎  C.has studied ‎  D.will study ‎ 27.English isn't easy, ____ we like it. ‎ ‎  A.but ‎  B.and ‎  C.or ‎  D.so ‎ 28.I ____ my homework when my father came in. ‎ ‎  A.do ‎  B.will do ‎  C.was doing ‎  D.does ‎ 29.“How about coming to my party if you have time tomorrow?”I'll ask my mother ‎ ‎ right away if she ____ me come. ‎ ‎  A.let ‎  B.lets ‎  C.has let ‎  D.will let ‎ 30.“Where are your new shoes?”“I've thrown them away, though they ____ only one month. ”‎ ‎  A.last ‎  B.lasted ‎  C.were lasted ‎  D.are lasted ‎ 31.There are many ____ in the fridge. ‎ ‎  A.food ‎  B.fruit ‎  C.eggs ‎  D.bread ‎ 32.They usually have the traditional turkey ____ Christmas Day. ‎ ‎  A.from ‎  B.at ‎  C.in ‎  D.on ‎ 33.Grandma prefers tea ____ coffee. ‎ ‎  A.about ‎  B.to ‎  C.on ‎  D.of ‎ 34.____ of the apples in the fruit bowl are soft and sweet. ‎ ‎  A.Two-third ‎  B.Second-third ‎  C.Two-thirds ‎  D.Second-thirds ‎ 35.Taxi doesn't run as ____ as an underground train. ‎ ‎  A.fast ‎  B.faster ‎  C.fastest ‎  D.more fast ‎ 36.After a long walk, the old man ____ be tired now. ‎ ‎  A.can ‎  B.must ‎  C.has to ‎  D.need ‎ 37.A: Is this ____ pocket calculator? B: No. It's ____. ‎ ‎  A.your; his ‎  B.yours; his ‎  C.hers; mine ‎ 38.There are twenty teachers in this grade. Eight of them are women teachers ‎ ‎ and ____ are men teachers. ‎ ‎  A.the other ‎  B.the others ‎  C.others ‎  D.other ‎ 39.Yangpu Bridge is one of ____ in the world. ‎ ‎  A.bigger bridge ‎  B.the biggest bridge ‎  C.the biggest bridges ‎  D.bigger bridges ‎ 40.Shanghai is in ____ east of China. ‎ ‎  A./‎ ‎  B.an ‎  C.a ‎  D.the ‎ 41.____ great day July 1, 1997 is!‎ ‎  A.How a ‎  B.What a ‎  C.how ‎  D.What ‎ 42.____ human beings ____ animals can live without air. ‎ ‎  A.Not only; but also ‎  B.Both; and ‎  C.Either; or ‎  D.Neither; nor ‎ 43.We are going to have a sports meeting this coming Sunday. Have you ____ any events yet?‎ ‎  A.taken part in ‎  B.joined in ‎  C.entered for ‎  D.joined ‎ 44.The old man wondered ____. ‎ ‎  A.whether the American pilot had seen UFO ‎  B.whether had the American pilot seen UFO ‎  C.how had the American pilot seen UFO ‎  D.that the American pilot had seen UFO ‎ 45.The museum is quite far. It will take you half ____ hour to go there by ____ bus. ‎ ‎  A.an; /‎ ‎  B.an; a ‎  C.a; /‎ ‎  D./; /‎ ‎ 46.There is ____ milk left. We have to go and buy some at once. ‎ ‎  A.a little ‎  B.a few ‎  C.few ‎  D.little ‎ 47.American take-away food is quite different from ____. ‎ ‎  A.We ‎  B.ours ‎  C.us ‎  D.our ‎ 48.Wei Fang is young, but she plays ping-pong ____ her mother. ‎ ‎  A.as good as ‎  B.as well as ‎  C.as better as ‎  D.as best as ‎ 49.How did you make the child ____ while he was crying?‎ ‎  A.smile ‎  B.to smile ‎  C.smiles ‎  D.smiling ‎ 50.It is ____ today. The radio says it won't stop raining until next week. ‎ ‎  A.fine ‎  B.wet ‎  C.windy ‎  D.cloudy ‎ 51.English people use Mr, Mrs or Miss with their ____ names. ‎ ‎  A.last ‎  B.middle ‎  C.given ‎  D.first ‎ 52.I don't know if she ____ tomorrow. If she ____ , I'll call you. ‎ ‎  A.comes; comes ‎  B.will come; will come ‎  C.will come; comes ‎  D.comes; will come ‎ 53.----When shall we meet, this evening or tomorrow morning?‎ ‎   ----I don't mind ____ time is OK. ‎ ‎  A.All ‎  B.Every ‎  C.Either ‎  D.Both ‎ 54.Tom's father often has lunch at the factory, ____ ?‎ ‎  A.has he ‎  B.hasn't he ‎  C.does he ‎  D.doesn't he ‎ 55.It is quite warm here. You'd better ____ your coat ‎  A.take off ‎  B.put down ‎  C.put on ‎  D.take down ‎ 56.____ do you go to the cinema? Once a month. ‎ ‎  A.How soon ‎  B.How far ‎  C.How often ‎  D.How long ‎ 57.Hurry up, ____ we'll be late for school. ‎ ‎  A.but ‎  B.or ‎  C.and ‎  D.so ‎ 58.Don't play with the knife. You ____ hurt yourself ‎  A.may ‎  B.should ‎  C.have to ‎  D.need ‎ 59.I haven't milked the cow ____. ‎ ‎  A.yet ‎  B.already ‎  C.never ‎  D.just ‎ 60.Beijing is ____ beautiful city. It's ____ capital of ‎China ‎  A.a; a ‎  B.the; the ‎  C./; the ‎  D.a; the ‎ 61.Taiwan is ____ the east of China. ‎ ‎  A.in ‎  B.to ‎  C.on ‎  D.at ‎ 62.____ office is much smaller than ____. ‎ ‎  A.Ours; yours ‎  B.Our; yours ‎  C.Theirs; our ‎  D.Your; their ‎ 63.----Did she go to school when she was young?‎ ‎   ----No. She taught ____ at home. ‎ ‎  A.her ‎  B.herself ‎  C.hers ‎  D.she ‎ 64.Neither of them ____ a worker. ‎ ‎  A.am ‎  B.are ‎  C.is ‎  D.were ‎ 65.September is ____ month of the year. ‎ ‎  A.nine ‎  B.ninth ‎  C.the nine ‎  D.the ninth ‎ 66.How often ____ you ____ to the park when you were in Tianjin?‎ ‎  A.do; go ‎  B.did; go ‎  C.will; go ‎  D.have; gone ‎ 67.Mr Zhang felt a little tired, ____ he still went on working ‎  A.and ‎  B.so ‎  C.or ‎  D.but ‎ 68.He asked ____ they needed some more tea. ‎ ‎  A.that ‎  B.what ‎  C.whether ‎  D.which ‎ 69.Everyone must ____ the classroom ____. ‎ ‎  A.ketp; cleaned ‎  B.keeps; clean ‎  C.keep; clean ‎  D.keep; cleaning ‎ 70.This work is ____ for me than for you. ‎ ‎  A.difficult ‎  B.the most difficult ‎  C.most difficult ‎  D.more difficult ‎ 71.It is one o'clock, but his father hasn't come back ____ ‎ ‎  A.already ‎  B.still ‎  C.too ‎  D.yet ‎ 72.----Are those?‎ ‎   ----No, they aren't. They're ____. ‎ ‎  A.sheep; cows ‎  B.sheep; cow ‎  C.sheeps; cow ‎  D.sheeps; cows ‎ 73.When they ____ at the village, it was already eleven o'clock ‎  A.arrived ‎  B.reached ‎  C.got ‎  D.came ‎ 74.Her grandma has ____ for three years. ‎ ‎  A.died ‎  B.been dead ‎  C.death ‎  D.die ‎ 75.----May I come in?‎ ‎   ---- ____. ‎ ‎  A.Yes, please ‎  B.No, you couldn't ‎  C.Yes, you must ‎  D.No, you needn't ‎ 76.The factory ____ in 1958. ‎ ‎  A.was built ‎  B.is built ‎  C.will built ‎  D.built ‎ 77.You are a student, ____ ?‎ ‎  A.do you ‎  B.aren't you ‎  C.are you ‎  D.don't you ‎ 78.Meimei went ____ Kate with her Chinese. ‎ ‎  A.to help ‎  B.help ‎  C.helped ‎  D.helps ‎ 79.Did you hear ____ ?‎ ‎  A.what did I say ‎  B.what I said ‎  C.I said what ‎  D.what I say ‎ 80.Bill is ____ English teacher. He likes playing ____ football ‎  A.a; the ‎  B.an; the ‎  C.a; /‎ ‎  D.an; /‎ ‎ 81.You are getting too fat. Eating too much is bad ____ your health ‎  A.for ‎  B.to ‎  C.about ‎  D.with ‎ 82.Who has picked ____ apples, Jim or mike, do you know?‎ ‎  A.many ‎  B.much ‎  C.more ‎  D.the most ‎ 83.----Is ____ here today?‎ ‎   ----No, Li Lei isn't here. ‎ ‎  A.someone ‎  B.somebody ‎  C.everyone ‎  D.anybody ‎ 84.----How far away is the samll village from London?‎ ‎   ----It's about ____ kilometres. ‎ ‎  A.seven hundred twenty two ‎  B.seven hundred and twenty-two ‎  C.seven hundreds and twenty-two ‎  D.seven hundreds twenty-two ‎ 85.----Shall we go out for a walk?‎ ‎   ----Sorry, I haven't finished my homework ____. ‎ ‎  A.already ‎  B.yet ‎  C.still ‎  D.ever ‎ 86.---- ____ do you go to the cinema?‎ ‎   ----Once a week. ‎ ‎  A.How often ‎  B.How much ‎  C.How long ‎  D.How many ‎ 87.Neither the students nor the teacher ____ here. Where are they?‎ ‎  A.is ‎  B.are ‎  C.was ‎  D.were ‎ 88.You usually have a sports meeting every term, ____ ?‎ ‎  A.have you ‎  B.do you ‎  C.haven't you ‎  D.don't you ‎ 89.----Would you like to come to my birthday party?‎ ‎   ---- ____. ‎ ‎  A.No, I don't like ‎  B.Yes, I'd love to ‎  C.Quite well ‎  D.Sure. That's right ‎ 90.----Whose skirt is it?‎ ‎   ----It may be ____. ‎ ‎  A.my sister ‎  B.my sisters ‎  C.my sister's ‎  D.my sisters's ‎ 91.Some people were reading in the library. Miss Yang asked me ____ loudly ‎ ‎ there. ‎ ‎  A.speak ‎  B.don't speak ‎  C.not speak ‎  D.not to speak ‎ 92.The flowers ____ every day, or they'll die. ‎ ‎  A.must water ‎  B.should water ‎  C.can be watered ‎  D.must be watered ‎ 93.Though they had cleaned the floor, there was still ____ rice on it. ‎ ‎  A.little ‎  B.a little ‎  C.few ‎  D.a few ‎ 94.John ____ the factory since 1984. He is one of the oldest workers here ‎ now. ‎ ‎  A.came to ‎  B.comes to ‎  C.has been in ‎  D.has come to ‎ 95.I'll catch up with Lucy before she ____ the finishing line. ‎ ‎  A.reach ‎  B.is reaching ‎  C.reaches in ‎  D.will reach ‎ 96.----We are going to have a picnic tomorrow. What's the weather like, Mike?‎ ‎   ----Why not ____ the radio and listen to the weather report?‎ ‎  A.turn on ‎  B.turn off ‎  C.take away ‎  D.find out ‎ 97.----Excuse me. Could you tell me ____ ?‎ ‎   ----Certainly. ‎ ‎  A.when can I get to the station ‎  B.I can get to which station ‎  C.which station can I get to ‎  D.how I can get to the station ‎ 98.She worked ____ quietly ____ no one knew she was there. ‎ ‎  A.so; as ‎  B.so; that ‎  C.too; to ‎  D.very; that ‎ 99.“Please ____ me your new story-book tomorrow, ”Lucy said. ‎ ‎  A.to bring ‎  B.bring ‎  C.to take ‎  D.take ‎ 100.English people often talk about ____. So when you meet someone in England, ‎ ‎ you should say, ____ ?‎ ‎  A.weather; It's a fine day, isn't it ‎  B.age; How old are you ‎  C.name; What's your name, please ‎  D.time; What's the time now ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 参考答案 ‎1.D 2.A 3.A 4.D 5.D 6.C 7.B 8.A 9.D 10.B 11.D 12.C ‎13.C 14.B 15.D 16.B 17.A 18.D ‎19.A 20.C 21.B 22.C 23.D 24.A ‎25.B 26.C 27.A 28.C 29.B 30.B ‎31.C 32.D 33.B 34.C 35.A 36.B ‎37.A 38.B 39.C 40.D 41.B 42.D ‎43.A 44.A 45.A 46.D 47.B 48.B ‎49.A 50.B 51.A 52.C 53.C 54.D ‎55.A 56.C 57.B 58.A 59.A 60.D ‎61.A 62.B 63.B 64.C 65.D 66.B ‎67.D 68.C 69.C 70.D 71.D 72.A ‎73.A 74.B 75.A 76.A 77.B 78.A ‎79.B 80.D 81.A 82.C 83.C 84.B ‎85.B 86.A 87.A 88.D 89.B 90.C ‎91.D 92.D 93.B 94.C 95.C 96.A ‎97.D 98.B 99.B 100.A 中考英语语法过关测试题(二)‎ ‎1.Listen! Who ____ in the next room?‎ ‎ A.sing ‎ B.is singing ‎ C.to sing ‎ D.sings ‎2.A: Whose room is this? B: It's ____. ‎ ‎ A.Li Ming ‎ B.Li Ming's ‎ C.Li Mings ‎ D.Li Mings'‎ ‎3.My mother told ____ a very interesting story yesterday ‎ A.me ‎ B.I ‎ C.our ‎ D.my ‎4.Linda runs as ____ as Jane. ‎ ‎ A.fastest ‎ B.fast ‎ C.faster ‎ D.quicker ‎5.A: Tomorrow is my birthday. Can you come to my birthday party?B: OK! I ____. ‎ ‎ A.would love ‎ B.will love ‎ C.would love to ‎ D.am sorry ‎6.This bag is neither Jim's ____ Mike's. It's Sam's, I guess ‎ A.or ‎ B.nor ‎ C.no ‎ D.not ‎7.Liu Mei helped the Turners ____ their tickets on the train ‎ A.pick ‎ B.look up ‎ C.pick up ‎ D.look like ‎ 8.The doctor found that there was something wrong ____ James' eyes ‎ A.in ‎ B.on ‎ C.at ‎ D.with ‎9.I think Chinese is ____ any other subject. ‎ ‎ A.more popular than ‎ B.as more popular as ‎ C.much popular than ‎ D.more popular ‎10.Here are ____ for you, Sue. ‎ ‎ A.potatos ‎ B.some potatoes ‎ C.three tomatos ‎ D.some tomato ‎11.There are ____ people in the zoo on Children's Day ‎ A.one hundreds ‎ B.two hundreds of ‎ C.hundreds of ‎ D.hundred of ‎12.Could you ____ , please? It's too loud. ‎ ‎ A.turn down the radio ‎ B.turn on the radio ‎ C.turn on the TV ‎ D.turn it on ‎13.Excuse me. Could you tell me ____ ?‎ ‎ A.where's the teachers' office ‎ B.where's the bus stop ‎ C.what's she doing ‎ D.where the post office is ‎14.It is ____ dangerous to play on the road. A car may hit you ‎ A.so B.too ‎ C.or ‎ D.to ‎15.A: Could I speak to Mr Green? B: ____. ‎ ‎ A.Sorry, she's out ‎ B.Hold on for a moment, please ‎ C.No, she isn't in ‎ D.You are welcome ‎16.A: I'm sorry I'm late. B: ____. ‎ ‎ A.Thank you all the same ‎ B.it doesn't matter ‎ C.I've no idea ‎ D.All right ‎17.This apple is delicious. Give me ____ one, please ‎ A.the other ‎ B.another ‎ C.others ‎ D.other ‎18.I won't go if it ____ tomrrow. ‎ ‎ A.rain ‎ B.is raining ‎ C.rains ‎ D.will rain ‎19.Wu Dong is good at ____ English. ‎ ‎ A.speak ‎ B.speaks ‎ C.speaking ‎ D.spoke ‎20.You'd better ____ your jacket. The room is too hot ‎ A.take off ‎ B.put on ‎ C.take out ‎ D.take care ‎21.Mr Wang ____ to New York two years ago. ‎ ‎ A.go ‎ B.goes ‎ C.has gone ‎ D.went ‎22.Mr Smith ____ China for ten years. ‎ ‎ A.came to ‎ B.has come to ‎ C.was in ‎ D.has been in ‎23.Young trees ____ well when it is dry. ‎ ‎ A.water ‎ B.waters ‎ C.must be watered ‎ D.were watered ‎24.A: Would you like to have a cup of tea? B: ____ ‎ ‎ A.Yes, please ‎ B.So do I ‎ C.Not at all ‎ D.It's my pleasure ‎25.My father is very busy with his work. He has ____ time to do the housework. ‎ ‎ A.little ‎ B.few ‎ C.a little ‎ D.a few ‎26.I was born ____ February 18, 1981. ‎ ‎ A.for ‎ B.in ‎ C.on ‎ D.at ‎27.The teacher didn't give them the answers ____ they finished their homework. ‎ ‎ A.while ‎ B.or ‎ C.until ‎ D.when ‎28.A: Hello, Jim! May I ask some questions? B: ____. ‎ ‎ A.Certainly ‎ B.No, thanks ‎ C.Yes, thanks ‎ D.never mind ‎29.A: Which do you like ____ , peas, fish or eggs? B: Of course, eggs. ‎ ‎ A.well ‎ B.good ‎ C.best ‎ D.better ‎30.A: I have no letters from Peter. Oh, well, no news ____ good news now. ‎ ‎ A.is ‎ B.are ‎ C.was ‎ D.were ‎31.Let's go for ____ walk, shall we?‎ ‎ A.a ‎ B.an ‎ C.the ‎ D./‎ ‎32.Is his school-bag different from ____ ?‎ ‎ A.her ‎ B.hers ‎ C.my ‎ D.me ‎33.Here are some birthday cards with our best ____ for her ‎ A.wish ‎ B.hope ‎ C.wishes ‎ D.hopes ‎34.My shirt ____ white and my trousers ____ blue. ‎ ‎ A.are, are ‎ B.are, is ‎ C.is, is ‎ D.is, are ‎35.In the race Wu Dong ran fastest. No one could ____ him ‎ A.get on with ‎ B.hurry up ‎ C.give up ‎ D.catch up with ‎36.He is a little ____ than you. ‎ ‎ A.fat ‎ B.fater ‎ C.fatter ‎ D.fattest ‎37.You ____ go and ask Meimei. She ____ know the answer ‎ A.must, can ‎ B.must, may ‎ C.need, can ‎ D.can, may ‎38.They have to work at once, ____ ?‎ ‎ A.have they ‎ B.do they ‎ C.don't they ‎ D.haven't they ‎39.He will ring you up as soon as he ____ back. ‎ ‎ A.comes ‎ B.came ‎ C.has come ‎ D.will come ‎40.What your father usually ____ in the evening?‎ ‎ A.did, do ‎ B.does, do ‎ C.has, done ‎ D.will, do ‎41.Can I ____ my ruler back, please?‎ ‎ A.borrow ‎ B.lend ‎ C.have ‎ D.carry ‎42.These books ____ good care of. ‎ ‎ A.must taken ‎ B.must take ‎ C.have to take ‎ D.must be taken ‎43.Which is ____ delicious, fish or chips?‎ ‎ A.much ‎ B.very ‎ C.most ‎ D.more ‎44.----What's this in English?‎ ‎  ----Sorry, I can't ____ it in English. ‎ ‎ A.say ‎ B.tell ‎ C.talk ‎ D.speak ‎45.It's cold outside. Please put ____ this sweater ‎ A.off ‎ B.on ‎ C.with ‎ D.in ‎46.I can't see any books in the bag. It's ____ ‎ ‎ A.big ‎ B.small ‎ C.full ‎ D.empty ‎47.I'm thirsty. I'd like something to ____ ‎ ‎ A.eat ‎ B.see ‎ C.drink ‎ D.say ‎48.Li Ming writes ____ in her class. ‎ ‎ A.more careful ‎ B.more carefully ‎ C.most careful ‎ D.most carefully ‎49.---- ____ ?‎ ‎ ----It's Monday. ‎ ‎ A.What day is today ‎ B.What's the date today ‎ C.What's the time ‎ D.How do you spell“Monday”‎ ‎50.---- ____ do you like the film?‎ ‎  ----Very much. ‎ ‎ A.How ‎ B.What ‎ C.How about ‎ D.What about ‎51.----How many apples do you want?‎ ‎  ----____.‎ ‎ A.That's cheap ‎ B.That's dear ‎ C.Half a kilo ‎ D.Five yuan a kilo ‎52.A new factory ____ in our city last year ‎ A.built ‎ B.has built ‎ C.was built ‎ D.is building ‎53.----Thank you for your help. ‎ ‎  ----____.‎ ‎ A.It doesn't matter ‎ B.You're welcome ‎ C.That's right ‎ D.Don't say so ‎54.Hello! Could I speak to Mr Li, please?‎ ‎  ---- ____. ‎ ‎ A.Who are you?‎ ‎ B.One moment, please. ‎ ‎ C.Yes, it's a bad line ‎ D.What are you?‎ ‎55.I always go to that ____ to buy food on Sunday ‎ A.shop ‎ B.park ‎ C.zoo ‎ D.garden ‎56.I think maths is as ____ as English. ‎ ‎ A.important B.very important ‎ C.less important ‎ D.the least important ‎57.Don't ____ the queue at the bus stop. ‎ ‎ A.take ‎ B.jump ‎ C.have ‎ D.make ‎58.____ of the boys in Class 4 are playing games ‎ A.All ‎ B.Each ‎ C.The both ‎ D.None ‎59.“Hoory!”shouted the students, “Well ____ !”‎ ‎ A.do ‎ B.did ‎ C.done ‎ D.doing ‎60.---- ____ May I ask you a question?‎ ‎  ----Of course. ‎ ‎ A.I'm sorry ‎ B.Pardon ‎ C.Excuse me ‎ D.Thanks ‎61.Do you know ____ ?‎ ‎ A.when does he go ‎ B.when he goes ‎ C.where will he go ‎ D.if does he go ‎62.The rain ____ for nearly five hours. ‎ ‎ A.fall ‎ B.keeps ‎ C.lasts ‎ D.blows ‎63.My mother often tells me ____ at others ‎ A.don't laugh ‎ B.not to laugh ‎ C.to not laugh ‎ D.not laugh ‎64.----Is anyone hurt?‎ ‎  ----Yes, ____ not badly. ‎ ‎ A.but ‎ B.or ‎ C.and ‎ D.only ‎65.----What does“NO SMOKING”mean?‎ ‎  ----____.‎ ‎ A.There's no smoke ‎ B.It means“you mustn't smoke here. ”‎ ‎ C.Don't smoke any more ‎ D.Smoking is bad for your health ‎66.The Chinese meanings of the signs“PUSH”, “PULL”and“BUSINESS HOURS”are ____. ‎ ‎ A.“拉”、“推”、“生意时间”‎ ‎ B.“拉”、“推”、“营业时间”‎ ‎ C.“推”、“拉”、“生意时间”‎ ‎ D.“推”、“拉”、“营业时间”‎ ‎67.There's ____ old tree near ____ house. ‎ ‎ A.a; an ‎ B.an; the ‎ C.a; the ‎ D.the; a ‎68.Mr King didn't enjoy ____ very much during his stay in Tokyo. ‎ ‎ A.him ‎ B.his ‎ C.himself ‎ D.itself ‎69.Robert Tomoas Brown can't be called ____. ‎ ‎ A.Robert ‎ B.Robert Brown ‎ C.Mr Brown ‎ D.Mr Robert ‎70.Of all the mooncakes, I like the one with nuts in it ____. ‎ ‎ A.well ‎ B.more ‎ C.better ‎ D.best ‎71.Sue spent over two hours ____ her homework yesterday evenig. ‎ ‎ A.on ‎ B.with ‎ C.at ‎ D.over ‎72.Watching TV ____ is bad for your eyes. ‎ ‎ A.much too ‎ B.many too ‎ C.too much ‎ D.to many ‎73.Heny has learned eight ____ French words this year. ‎ ‎ A.hundred ‎ B.hundreds ‎ C.hundred of ‎ D.hundreds of ‎74.I can't answer your questions because I know ____ about the subject. ‎ ‎ A.few ‎ B.little ‎ C.a few ‎ D.a little ‎75.The game is very ____ and she's ____ in it. ‎ ‎ A.interesting; interesting ‎ B.interested; interested ‎ C.interested; interesting ‎ D.interesting; interested ‎76.When traffic lights are green, cars ____ go but you ____ wait. ‎ ‎ A.can; must ‎ B.must; can ‎ C.may; can ‎ D.must; may ‎77.Li Ping is young, but he ____ many places of interest in South China. ‎ ‎ A.went to ‎ B.has been in ‎ C.has gone to ‎ D.has been to ‎78.Those foreign visitors ____ our city the day before yesterday. ‎ ‎ A.arrived ‎ B.reached ‎ C.reached to ‎ D.got in ‎79.____ bad weather! I hope it won't last long.‎ ‎ A.How ‎ B.What ‎ C.What a D.How a ‎80.Could you tell me ____ they are talking about?‎ ‎ A.where ‎ B.when ‎ C.Why ‎ D.what ‎81.Do you often see her ____ volleyball on the playground?‎ ‎ A.play ‎ B.played ‎ C.plays ‎ D.to play ‎82.----What do you mean ____ “chick”, please?‎ ‎  ----In Chinese it means Xiao ji. ‎ ‎ A.in ‎ B.for ‎ C.by ‎ D.from ‎83.I won't excuse her ____ she says“sorry”to me ‎ A.so ‎ B.until ‎ C.because D.as ‎84.----It's fine today. Why ____ out for a picnic?‎ ‎  ----That's a good idea. ‎ ‎ A.not go ‎ B.don't go ‎ C.to not go ‎ D.not to do ‎85.Be more careful with your work ____. ‎ ‎ A.just then ‎ B.since then ‎ C.a moment later ‎ D.from now on ‎86.----Would you like to go to the zoo with us?‎ ‎  ----____.‎ ‎ A.Yes, please ‎ B.That's true ‎ C.Yes, I'd love to ‎ D.Quite well ‎87.We can't see ____ sun at ____ night. ‎ ‎ A.a; /‎ ‎ B.a; the ‎ C.the; /‎ ‎ D.the; the ‎88.____ the morning of Christmas Day, children wake up their parents and say, “Merry Christmas!”‎ ‎ A.In ‎ B.On ‎ C.At ‎ D.To ‎89.“Help ____ to some mooncakes, " Han Meimei said to the twins. ‎ ‎ A.you ‎ B.oneself ‎ C.yourself ‎ D.yourselves ‎90.She is ____ careful as I, but I'm than ____ you. ‎ ‎ A.as; much careful ‎ B.as; much more careful ‎ C.so; more careful ‎ D.so; very careful ‎91.Can I have ____ bottle of orange, please? ‎ ‎ A.another ‎ B.other ‎ C.second ‎ D.some more ‎92.He doesn't have any brothers ____ sisters. ‎ ‎ A.and ‎ B.or ‎ C.and or ‎ D.with ‎93.____ bad weather it is!‎ ‎ A.What ‎ B.What a ‎ C.How ‎ D.How a ‎94.When you don't know way, you'd better ____ in the city map. ‎ ‎ A.look it up ‎ B.look at it ‎ C.to look it over ‎ D.to look for it ‎95.---- ____ are you late for school? ‎ ‎  ----Never. ‎ ‎ A.When ‎ B.How long ‎ C.How soon ‎ D.How often ‎96.You had to stay at home yesterday, ____ you?‎ ‎ A.haven't ‎ B.hadn't ‎ C.don't ‎ D.didn't ‎97.----Why ____ to the Great Wall this Sunday? ‎ ‎  ----Good idae! ‎ ‎ A.don't go ‎ B.you not go ‎ C.not go ‎ D.not to go ‎98.Tom ____ come to the party tonight, but I'm not sure.‎ ‎ A.may ‎ B.can ‎ C.will ‎ D.must ‎99.It's wrong to ____ your exercise-book at home ‎ A.forget ‎ B.lose ‎ C.leave ‎ D.miss ‎100.She's finished drawing the picture, but I haven't ____ .‎ ‎ A.too ‎ B.either ‎ C.already ‎ D.yet ‎ 参考答案 ‎1.B              2.B               3.A           4.B           5.C6.B              7.C               8.D          9.A           10.B ‎11.C            12.A             13.D         14.B         15.B ‎16.B            17.B             18.C         19.C         20.A ‎21.D            22.D             23.C         24.A         25.A ‎26.C            27.C             28.A         29.C         30.A ‎31.A            32.B             33.C         34.D         35.D ‎36.C            37.D             38.C         39.A         40.B ‎41.C            42.D             43.D         44.A         45.B ‎46.D            47.C             48.D         49.A         50.A ‎51.C            52.C             53.B         54.B         55.A ‎56.A            57.B             58.A         59.C         60.C ‎61.B            62.C             63.B         64.A         65.B ‎66.D            67.B             68.C         69.D         70.D ‎71.A            72.C             73.A         74.B         75.D ‎76.A            77.D             78.B         79.B         80.D ‎81.A            82.C             83.B         84.A         85.D ‎86.C            87.C             88.B         89.D         90.B ‎91.A            92.B             93.A         94.A         95.D ‎96.D            97.C             98.A         99.C         100.D ‎ 中考英语语法过关测试题(三)‎ ‎1.Nobody told me ____ , so I need your help ‎ A.how to do ‎ B.how should I do ‎ ‎ C.what to do ‎ D.What should I do ‎2.We are going to lean ____ tomorrow. ‎ ‎ A.Lesson Tenth ‎ B.Lesson Ten ‎ C.Tenth Lesson ‎ D.The Lesson Ten ‎3.I can't get on the bus, because there is ____ on it ‎ A.not any rooms ‎ B.no rooms ‎ C.little room ‎ D.few room ‎4.The League ____ in May, 1922. ‎ ‎ A.found ‎ B.was found ‎ C.founded ‎ D.was founded ‎5.----Where's your headmaster?‎ ‎  ----He ____ Beijing. He won't be back ____ next week ‎ A.went to; after ‎ B.has gone to; until ‎ ‎ C.has been to; until ‎ D.has been to; after ‎6.----Do you know if he ____ to play basketball with us?‎ ‎  ----He will if he ____ free. ‎ ‎ A.comes; is ‎ B.comes; will be ‎ C.will come; is ‎ D.will come; will be ‎7.----I have lost my dictionary. ‎ ‎  ---- ____. ‎ ‎ A.What a pity!‎ ‎ B.It's nothing ‎ C.It doesn't matter ‎ D.Not at all ‎8.----Would you like to play football with us? ‎ ‎  ---- ____. ‎ ‎ A.yes, I'm glad ‎ B.Yes, I'd love to ‎ C.No, I don't like ‎ D.No, I can't ‎9.----Hello! may I speak to Bill? ‎ ‎  ---- ____. ‎ ‎ A.Who are you?‎ ‎ B.Yes, I'm Bill ‎ C.Sorry, he's out ‎ D.thank you ‎10.----Don't make faces in class! ‎ ‎  ---- ____. ‎ ‎ A.Sorry, I won't do it again ‎ B.Certainly, I will ‎ C.That's OK ‎ D.Excuse me, I'm wrong ‎11.----Happy New Year to you! ‎ ‎  ---- ____. ‎ ‎ A.Thank you ‎ B.me, too ‎ C.The same to you ‎ D.All the same ‎12.----Hello, may I speak to Lily? ‎ ‎  ---- ____. ‎ ‎ A.Not Lily but Lucy ‎ B.This is Lily ‎ C.Yes, speak ‎ D.I'm Lily ‎13.After they washed their hands, Mother gave each of her children ____ apple. ‎ ‎ A.the ‎ B./ ‎ ‎ C.a ‎ D.an ‎14.----May I see your ticket please, madam? ‎ ‎  ----Certainly ____. ‎ ‎ A.Here it is ‎ B.Here is it ‎ C.Here are you ‎ D.You're here ‎15.You can see many beautiful shop windows ____ both sides of the street ____ your way to school. ‎ ‎ A.at; at ‎ B.from; from ‎ C.on; on ‎ D.along; along ‎16.____ this kind of question often ____ in your class, Ann? ‎ ‎ A.Does; ask ‎ B.Is; asked ‎ C.Has; asked ‎ D.Will; ask ‎17.----Your English is very good. ‎ ‎  ----But my brother knows it much ____ than I do. ‎ ‎ A.good ‎ B.well ‎ C.better ‎ D.best ‎18.----Which is the way to the No, I middle Shcool? ‎ ‎  ----Go down this street ____ you reach the second traffic lights. Then turn right. ‎ ‎ A.till ‎ B.but ‎ C.if ‎ D.because ‎19.----What do you usually have for breakfast? ‎ ‎  ---- ____ milk and ____ eggs. ‎ ‎ A.A little; a little ‎ B.A few; a little ‎ C.A few; a few ‎ D.A little; a few ‎20.How nice you've come! We've waited for you for about two hours. ‎ ‎  Where ____ , Jim? ‎ ‎ A.are you ‎ B.have you been ‎ C.are you from ‎ D.have you gone ‎21.----What did your mother say, Tom? ‎ ‎  ----She asked me ____. ‎ ‎ A.why my sister is crying ‎ B.why my sister was crying ‎ C.why is my sister crying ‎ D.why was my sister crying ‎22.The man always says his meat looks ____ and sells ____.‎ ‎ A.good; good ‎ B.well; well ‎ C.good; well ‎ D.well; good ‎23.----What shall we do now? ‎ ‎  ----____ for a walk?‎ ‎ A.How's about to go ‎ B.What about to go ‎ C.How's about going ‎ D.What about going ‎24.---- ____ have you been at the university? ‎ ‎  ----More than five months. ‎ ‎ A.How many ‎ B.How much ‎ C.How soon ‎ D.How long ‎25.----Don't you think her radio is too loud? ‎ ‎  ----Tell her to ____ it ____ , please. ‎ ‎ A.turn; up ‎ B.turn; down ‎ C.put; up ‎ D.put; down ‎26.----Has Lily bought the books ____ ? ‎ ‎  ----No, she hasn't bought any ____. ‎ ‎ A.yet; yet ‎ B.already; already ‎ C.too; too ‎ D.either; either ‎27.----Would you like ____ tea?‎ ‎  ----Yes, and ____ milk too, I think. ‎ ‎ A.any; any ‎ B.some; some ‎ C.some; any ‎ D.any; many ‎28.You ____ to school tomorrow if you go to look after your mother in the hospital. ‎ ‎ A.don't need come ‎ B.don't come ‎ C.needn't to come ‎ D.needn't come ‎29.----Who're fishing over there? ‎ ‎  ---- ____. ‎ ‎ A.Browns'‎ ‎ B.Brown ‎ C.The Browns ‎ D.The Brown ‎30.----Who's the best football player ____ in Taishan Team? ‎ ‎  ----Sorry. I don't know. ‎ ‎ A.at the moment ‎ B.for a moment ‎ C.just a moment ‎ D.a moment later ‎31.----Is that a boy swimming in the lake? ‎ ‎  ----I can't find out ____ it's a boy ____ a girl. ‎ ‎ A.if; and ‎ B.that; and ‎ C.whether; or ‎ D.either; or ‎32.His father is ____ English teacher. He works in our school. ‎ ‎ A.a ‎ B.an ‎ C.the ‎ D./ ‎ ‎33.I often go shopping with my mother ____ Sundays. ‎ ‎ A.on ‎ B.in ‎ C.at ‎ D.to ‎34.Could you give me ____ , please?‎ ‎ A.two piece of paper ‎ B.two piece of papers ‎ C.two pieces of paper ‎ D.two pieces of papers ‎35.“Is this your shirt?”“No, it's not ____. ”‎ ‎ A.me ‎ B.my ‎ C.myself ‎ D.mine ‎36.“What are you going to buy?”“I'm going to buy ____ bananas. ”‎ ‎ A.a little ‎ B.a few ‎ C.little ‎ D.few ‎37.September is ____ month of the year. ‎ ‎ A.nine ‎ B.nineth ‎ C.the ninth ‎ D.the nineth ‎38.John drives as ____ at Tom. ‎ ‎ A.carfully ‎ B.good ‎ C.nice ‎ D.fine ‎39.Which is the ____ city, Shanghai, Beijing or Tianjin? ‎ ‎ A.large ‎ B.larger ‎ C.largest ‎ D.more large ‎40.“May I smoke here?”“No, you ____. ”‎ ‎ A.mustn't ‎ B.don't ‎ C.must ‎ D.needn't ‎41.Mother is ill, I have to ____ her at home. ‎ ‎ A.look around ‎ B.look for ‎ C.look up ‎ D.look after ‎42.When will they ____ in Fuzhou? ‎ ‎ A.get ‎ B.reach ‎ C.arrive ‎ D.got ‎43.“Excuse me. How long may I ____ the book?”“Two weeks. ”‎ ‎ A.borrow ‎ B.keep ‎ C.lend ‎ D.kept ‎44.The tiger made the monkey ____ him something to eat.‎ ‎ A.bringing ‎ B.to bringing ‎ C.brings ‎ D.bring ‎45.The runner fell, but he quickly got up and went on ____. ‎ ‎ A.running ‎ B.run ‎ C.to run ‎ D.ran ‎46.I think maths ____ one of the important subjects.‎ ‎ A.are ‎ B.is ‎ C.were ‎ D.was ‎47.____ nice girl Kate is!. ‎ ‎ A.How ‎ B.What ‎ C.What an ‎ D.What a ‎48.“Why did Li Lei use a pencil?”“ ____ his pen was broken. ”‎ ‎ A.Because ‎ B.When ‎ C.Until ‎ D.If ‎49.Excuse me. Could you tell me ____ our tickets? ‎ ‎ A.where do we show ‎ B.where shall we show ‎ ‎ C.where did we show ‎ D.where we shall show ‎50.“Happy birthday to you!”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Happy birthday to you!‎ ‎ B.Thank you ‎ C.That's all right. ‎ ‎ D.That's OK. ‎ ‎51.“What's the date today?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.It's Thursday ‎ B.It's windy ‎ C.It's June 26‎ ‎ D.It's cloudy ‎52.Mr Smith has two sons. ____ is a doctor, ____ is a driver. ‎ ‎ A.This; other ‎ B.This; another ‎ C.One; another ‎ D.One; the other ‎53.----What are the official(官方的) languages in Hong Kong now?‎ ‎  ----They are ____ and ____. ‎ ‎ A.China; English ‎ B.Chinese; English ‎ C.China; England ‎ D.Chinese; England ‎54.Before ____ breakfast, I always read for half ____ hour ‎ A.the; a ‎ B.a; an ‎ C./; an ‎ D./; a ‎55.His motorbike is very nice. What about ____ ?‎ ‎ A.you ‎ B.your ‎ C.yours ‎ D.their ‎56.“The year 1997”should be read“the year ____ ? ”‎ ‎ A.one thousand nine hundred and ninety-seven ‎ B.nineteen ninety-seven ‎ C.one nine nine seven ‎ D.nineteen and ninety-seven ‎57.She looks and sings ____. ‎ ‎ A.beautiful, beautifully ‎ B.beautiful, beautiful ‎ C.beautifully, beautiful ‎ D.beautifully, beautifully ‎58.____ she ____ he is good at maths. ‎ ‎ A.Both, and ‎ B.Either, nor ‎ C.Neither, or ‎ D.Neither, nor ‎59.Lily worked hard ____ her lessons and soon caught up ____ the others. ‎ ‎ A.at, to ‎ B.in, after ‎ C.at, with ‎ D.with, with ‎60.----Must I finish my lessons now? ‎ ‎  ---- ____. ‎ ‎ A.Yes, you mustn't ‎ B.No, you mustn't ‎ C.Yes, you need ‎ D.No, you needn't ‎ ‎61.---- ____ will you stay in America?‎ ‎  ----About two weeks. ‎ ‎ A.How long ‎ B.How often ‎ C.How soon ‎ D.How ‎62.The policeman told us ____ football on the street. ‎ ‎ A.don't play ‎ B.not play ‎ C.not to play ‎ D.to not play ‎63.The film, Kong Fansen was ____ all over the country. ‎ ‎ A.put on ‎ B.put down ‎ C.put up ‎ D.put away ‎64.There's nothing serious , ____ there? ‎ ‎ A.wasn't ‎ B.is ‎ C.isn't ‎ D.hasn't ‎65.Do you know ____ ? ‎ ‎ A.where was she working ‎ B.what time is it ‎ C.how many books she has ‎ D.how can he answer it ‎66.There is ____ in the lake. ‎ ‎ A.anything strange ‎ B.strange anything ‎ C.strange something ‎ D.something strange ‎67.Where ____ your son? ‎ ‎ A.am ‎ B.are ‎ C.is ‎68.Jane is ____ girl. She is English girl. ‎ ‎ A.a; the ‎ B.a; an ‎ C.an; the ‎69.After he heard the news, he went to the hospital ____ once ‎ A.at ‎ B.in ‎ C.on ‎70.We walk with our ____. ‎ ‎ A.foot ‎ B.foots ‎ C.feet ‎71.The lake is far away. But ____ people like to swim there.‎ ‎ A.a little ‎ B.few ‎ C.a few ‎72.A quarter to six is ____. ‎ ‎ A.6:45‎ ‎ B.6:15‎ ‎ C.5:45‎ ‎73.This city is ____ than that one. ‎ ‎ A.beautiful ‎ B.more beautiful ‎ C.the most beautiful ‎74.Because it was very cold , ____ he put on a coat before he went out. ‎ ‎ A.so ‎ B./ ‎ ‎ C.and ‎75.He ____ a friend in the country next week. ‎ ‎ A.saw ‎ B.sees ‎ C.is going to see ‎76.I get up at six tomorrw? No, you needn't. ‎ ‎ A.May ‎ B.Can ‎ C.Must ‎77.I want to know ____. ‎ ‎ A.what time does the train arrive ‎ ‎ B.what time will the train arrive ‎ C.what time the train will arrive ‎78.If I ____ free tomorrow, I will go shopping with my aunt.‎ ‎ A.will be ‎ B.be ‎ C.am ‎79.Mr Smith has taught in the school ____ 1990. ‎ ‎ A.in ‎ B.for ‎ C.since ‎80.Can you let me ____ home a little earlier. ‎ ‎ A.go ‎ B.going ‎ C.to go ‎81.----Has Tom started to work in your factory? ‎ ‎  ----No. He is ____ in school. ‎ ‎ A.yet ‎ B.then ‎ C.still ‎82.“Happy New Year!”“ ____. ”‎ ‎ A.Yes, I'm happy ‎ B.You're happy, too ‎ C.I'm glad to hear that ‎ D.The same to you ‎83.“What's the weather like today?”“ ____. ”‎ ‎ A.It's Sunday ‎ B.It's cloudy ‎ C.It was cold ‎ D.I don't like it ‎84.“What does your father do?”“ ____ .”‎ ‎ A.He does well ‎ B.He goes to work ‎ C.He is at work ‎ D.He is a teacher ‎85.“Hi, Mary! You look very beautiful today. ”“ ____. ”‎ ‎ A.Thanks a lot ‎ B.No, not at all ‎ C.Don't say so, please ‎ D.I don't think so ‎86.“Would you like to go skating with me?”“ ____. ”‎ ‎ A.Yes, please ‎ B.No, I don't ‎ ‎ C.Yes, I'd love to ‎ D.That's right ‎87.“What can I do for you?”“I'd like some ____. ”‎ ‎ A.bottle of orange ‎ B.bottle of oranges ‎ C.bottles orange ‎ D.bottles of orange ‎88.____ school is much larger than ____. ‎ ‎ A.Their; our ‎ B.Their; ours ‎ C.theirs; ours ‎ D.Theirs; our ‎89.Do you know ____ at the bus stop?‎ ‎ A.whom they are waiting for ‎ B.who they are waiting ‎ C.whom are they waiting for ‎ D.who are they waiting ‎ ‎90.Which do you like ____ , apples, oranges or pears? ‎ ‎ A.good ‎ B.well ‎ C.better ‎ D.best ‎91.That woman wanted to know ____ her daughter liked the sweater. ‎ ‎ A.whether ‎ B.what ‎ C.which ‎ D.that ‎92.The meeting will begin at half past two in the afternoon, ____ ? ‎ ‎ A.does is ‎ B.doesn't it ‎ C.will it ‎ D.won't it ‎93.We'll go for a picnic if it ____ tomorrow. ‎ ‎ A.isn't going to rain ‎ B.won't rain ‎ C.doesn't rain ‎ D.isn't raining ‎94.A lot of tall buildings ____ in our city last year. ‎ ‎ A.are built ‎ B.was built ‎ C.were built ‎ D.can be built ‎95.The policeman told the boys ____ in the street. ‎ ‎ A.not play ‎ B.not to play ‎ C.not playing ‎ D.to not play ‎96.This is James Allom Green. We can call him ____ .‎ ‎ A.Mr Green ‎ B.Mr Allom ‎ C.Mr James ‎ D.James Green ‎97.The sound of the radio is too loud. Wil you please ____ ? ‎ ‎ A.turn it down ‎ B.turn it on ‎ C.turn up it ‎ D.turn down it ‎ ‎98.The teacher asked all the students in the class to keep their eyes ____ .‎ ‎ A.close ‎ B.to close ‎ C.closing ‎ D.closed ‎99.Lin Tao went to work on the farm last week,and ____ .‎ ‎ A.his sister did so ‎ B.so did his sister ‎ C.so his sister did ‎ D.did his sister so ‎100.____ is bad for our health. ‎ ‎ A.Doing eye exercises ‎ B.Going to bed early ‎ ‎ C.Eating too much ‎ D.Taking a walk after supper ‎ 参考答案 ‎1.C              2.B           3.C               4.D          5.B                 6.C ‎7.A              8.B           9.C               10.A         11.C               12.B ‎13.D            14.A         15.C             16.B         17.C               18.A ‎19.D            20.B         21.B             22.C         23.D               24.D ‎25.B            26.A         27.B             28.D         29.C               30.A ‎31.C            32.B         33.A             34.C         35.D               36.B ‎37.C            38.A         39.C             40.A         41.D               42.C ‎43.B            44.D         45.A             46.B         47.D               48.A ‎49.D            50.B         51.C             52.D         53.B               54.C ‎55.C            56.B         57.A             58.D         59.C               60.D ‎61.A            62.C         63.A             64.B         65.C               66.D ‎67.C            68.B         69.A             70.C         71.C               72.C ‎73.B            74.B         75.C             76.C         77.C               78.C ‎79.C            80.A         81.C             82.D         83.B               84.D ‎85.A            86.C         87.D             88.B         89.A               90.D ‎91.A            92.D         93.C             94.C         95.B               96.A ‎97.A            98.D         99.B             100.C ‎ 十七、英语交际用语 ‎1.----“ What day is it today ?”‎ ‎  ----“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.It's a fine day. ‎ ‎ B.It's Sunday. ‎ ‎ C.It's cloudy. ‎ ‎ D.It's June 19th. ‎ ‎2.---- ____. May I use your dictionary?‎ ‎  ----Sure. Here you are. ‎ ‎ A.OK ‎ B.Sorry. Sir ‎ C.Excuse me ‎ ‎3.----Don't draw on the wall, Jim. ‎ ‎  ---- ____ ‎ ‎ A.No, I don't like. ‎ ‎ B.It doesn't matter. ‎ ‎ C.Sorry , I won't. ‎ ‎ D.Thanks. ‎ ‎4.Which of the following is often seen in a hospital's waiting-room?‎ ‎ A.NO PHOTOS ‎ B.DANGER ‎ ‎ C.NO SMOKING ‎ D.STOP ‎ ‎5.---- Could I have your name, please, sir?‎ ‎  ---- ____ ‎ ‎ A.You're polite. ‎ ‎ B.My name is Jack, Jack Brown. ‎ ‎ C.It's very kind of you. ‎ ‎ D.Oh , it's a secret ‎ ‎6.On the morning of Chirstmas Day , children wake up their parents and say “ ____ !”‎ ‎ A.Good morning ‎ B.Happy New Year ‎ ‎ C.Best wishes to you ‎ D.Merry Christmas ‎7.----“Don't throw paper on the ground, please. ”‎ ‎  ----“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.It doesn't matter. ‎ ‎ B.I'm sorry ‎ C.Excuse me. ‎ ‎ D.That's all right. ‎ ‎8.“ I have lost my dictionary. ” “ ____ ”. ‎ ‎ A.What a pity !‎ ‎ B.It's nothing ‎ C.It doesn't matter ‎ D.Not at all ‎9.----“You look so nice in the blue sweater. ”‎ ‎  ----____.‎ ‎ A.That's all right. ‎ ‎ B.Not at all. ‎ ‎ C.Thank you. ‎ ‎ D.I don't mind ‎10.Tom:“How are you?”Bob:“Fine, Thank you. And you?”Tom:“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Fine ‎ B.“Fine.And you?”‎ ‎ C.Thank you. ‎ ‎ D.“How are you?”‎ ‎11.When a new term begins, you meet your classmates at the school gate, you should say“  ____ ”‎ ‎ A.How do you do?‎ ‎ B.Miss you very much. ‎ ‎ C.Hello! Glad to see you again. ‎ ‎ D.Are you fine?‎ ‎12.“ ____ ”“They are both fine, thank you.”‎ ‎ A.How fine are your parents?‎ ‎ B.What are your parents?‎ ‎ C.Who are your parents ?‎ ‎ D.How are your parents? ‎ ‎13.When you are at home, someone is knocking at the door, you should say “ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Who ary you ?‎ ‎ B.What are you?‎ ‎ C.Who's knocking?‎ ‎ D.Who is it?‎ ‎14.“I'm glad to see you. ” “ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Thank you. ‎ ‎ B.So am I. ‎ ‎ C.See you later. ‎ ‎ D.That's all right. ‎ ‎15.“Are you feeling better now?” “ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Much better, thank you. ‎ ‎ B.You too. ‎ ‎ C.Glad to meet you. ‎ ‎ D.I'm sorry about it. ‎ ‎16.“Is ____ here?”“No, Bob has asked for leave. ”‎ ‎ A.anybody ‎ B.everybody ‎ ‎ C.somebody ‎ D.nobody ‎17.“May I introduce myself?” “ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Nice to meet you ‎ B.You may too ‎ C.OK ‎ D.Please do ‎18.Kate: ____ Mary: Thank you very much. ‎ ‎ A.Bad luck!‎ ‎ B.Better wish to your family !‎ ‎ C.What a good wish to your family!‎ ‎ D.Please remember me to your parents. ‎ ‎19.After the evenig party, you say to your guests “ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Good evenig. ‎ ‎ B.Good night ‎ C.I'll be back soon. ‎ ‎ D.Good afternoon. ‎ ‎20.When your friend wants to say goodbye to you at your house door, he should say“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Don't come any farther ‎ B.Stay where you are. ‎ ‎ C.Good evenig ‎ D.See you tomorrow. ‎ ‎21.“I must be going now. Goodbye. ” “ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Bye-bye. ‎ ‎ B.Good morning ‎ C.How do you do?‎ ‎ D.How are you ?‎ ‎22.“Hello! Could I speak to Mr Li, please?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.I'm Mr Wang. ‎ ‎ B.That's me. ‎ ‎ C.Speaking. ‎ ‎ D.Who are you. ‎ ‎23.( on the phone)“ Hello, May I speak to Mike?”“ This is Mike speaking. ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Who are you?‎ ‎ B.Who's that?‎ ‎ C.And you?‎ ‎ D.Thank you?‎ ‎24.“Hello. May I speak to John?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Who are you?‎ ‎ B.Yes, I'm. ‎ ‎ C.Sorry, he's out. ‎ ‎ D.Thank you. ‎ ‎25.“ ____ ” “Sorry, she isn't in. ”‎ ‎ A.Who's that?‎ ‎ B.Who's this?‎ ‎ C.May I speak to John? ‎ ‎ D.May I Speak to Betty?‎ ‎26.“Who's that speaking?” “ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.This is Tom speaking. ‎ ‎ B.It's me. ‎ ‎ C.I'm Tom speaking here. ‎ ‎ D.That's your friend. ‎ ‎27.“ ____ ”“This is Tom speaking. ”‎ ‎ A.Who speaks?‎ ‎ B.What are you talking about?‎ ‎ C.Who's that speaking?‎ ‎ D.Who's gong to talk?‎ ‎28.“Hello. May I speak to Mike? ” “ Would you please call back later?‎ ‎ A.Who are you?‎ ‎ B.Sorry, he isn't in. ‎ ‎ C.Thank you very much. ‎ ‎ D.Yes, here you are. ‎ ‎29.“Could you ask Wang Tao to call me, please?” “ Sure.____ ”‎ ‎ A.What's your telephone number?‎ ‎ B.Could you answer the telephone?‎ ‎ C.What's your name, please?‎ ‎ D.How do you call the telephone?‎ ‎30.“Hello. May I speak to Fang Hua?” “Yes. ____ ”‎ ‎ A.I'm Fang Hua. ‎ ‎ B.My name's Fang Hua. ‎ ‎ C.This is Fang Hua. ‎ ‎ D.Fang Hua's me. ‎ ‎31.“Could I speak to Mr White, please?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.No, you couldn't. ‎ ‎ B.Of course you could. ‎ ‎ C.If you want, you'll just have to wait. ‎ ‎ D.Sorry, I'm afraid he's out at the moment. ‎ ‎32.“Thank you for your help. ” “ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.It doesn't matter. ‎ ‎ B.You're welcome. ‎ ‎ C.You're kind ‎ D.It's no need. ‎ ‎33.“You speak very good English. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Thank you. ‎ ‎ B.No, my English is poor. ‎ ‎ C.Don't say that. ‎ ‎ D.It's a pleasure. ‎ ‎34.“You have done a good job. ” “ ____. ”‎ ‎ A.I don't think so ‎ B.No, I didn't do well enough ‎ ‎ C.Really?‎ ‎ D.You're very kind to say so. ‎ ‎35.“Thank you for helping me. ” “ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Don't thank me. ‎ ‎ B.That's all right ‎ C.It doesn't matter ‎ D.I'm glad to hear that. ‎ ‎36.“You look beautiful tonight. ” “ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.All right ‎ B.That's right ‎ C.Certainly ‎ D.Thank you ‎37.“I think you are a good student. ” “ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.No, I'm not. ‎ ‎ B.Thank you. It's very kind of you to say so. ‎ ‎ C.No, I don't think so. ‎ ‎ D.That's all right. ‎ ‎38.“ If you have any question, be sure to come and ask me. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.I will thank you very much. ‎ ‎ B.I don't mind coming at all. ‎ ‎ C.I'm glad to hear that. ‎ ‎ D.I hope to come again. Goodbye. ‎ ‎39.“Happy New Year!” “ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.How do you do !‎ ‎ B.Merry Christmas !‎ ‎ C.Not at all. ‎ ‎ D.The same to you. ‎ ‎40.When you are invited to your friend's birthday party, you should say first“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Glad to see you ‎ B.How happy you are !‎ ‎ C.Happy birthday to you !‎ ‎ D.I'm glad to come here. ‎ ‎41.“Have a good winter holiday. ” “ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.I'm afraid I won't ‎ B.OK. Let's have a good time ‎ ‎ C.All right, I will. ‎ ‎ D.Thanks. And you too. ‎ ‎42.“ I'm going to a birthday party tomorrow. ”“Oh,good. ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Take your time. ‎ ‎ B.Enjoy you. ‎ ‎ C.Have a good time. ‎ ‎ D.Play well. ‎ ‎43.“Happy birthday to you!”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Happy birthday to you, too. ‎ ‎ B.The same to you.‎ ‎ C.You'll be all right. ‎ ‎ D.Thank you. ‎ ‎44.“ Happy New Year to you!”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.The same to you. ‎ ‎ B.Yes, I'm happy. ‎ ‎ C.Very well, thank you. ‎ ‎ D.OK, thank you. ‎ ‎45.“Mike, I'll go now for the new job.”“ ____ I hope you do well”‎ ‎ A.Good wish ‎ B.Good chance. ‎ ‎ C.Good luck. ‎ ‎ D.Good hope. ‎ ‎46.“ I'm to go camping this weekend. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Can you fish?‎ ‎ B.Have a good time. ‎ ‎ C.No.I'm too busy. ‎ ‎ D.Don't give up now. ‎ ‎47.“Would you like to have some rice?” “ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Yes, I like. ‎ ‎ B.Yes, please. ‎ ‎ C.Of course. ‎ ‎ D.Yes, I have. ‎ ‎48.“ Would you like to go shopping with me ?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Yes, I'd like to. ‎ ‎ B.That's right. ‎ ‎ C.Yes, please. ‎ ‎ D.Quite well. ‎ ‎49.“ Could you lend me your ruler, please? ” “ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.That's all right ‎ B.Not at all. ‎ ‎ C.It doesn't matter. ‎ ‎ D.Of course, with pleasure. ‎ ‎50.“Will you please give this note to her?” “ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.I will do. ‎ ‎ B.Yes, I shall. ‎ ‎ C.No, I don't ‎ D.I'll be glad to. ‎ ‎51.“Whuld you like some tea?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.No, thanks. ‎ ‎ B.Yes, I love it. ‎ ‎ C.No, not.‎ ‎ D. Sorry I don't. ‎ ‎52.“ I'm sorry to trouble you, Miss Gao. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Fine, thank you. ‎ ‎ B.It's very kind of you. ‎ ‎ C.It doesn't matter. ‎ ‎ D.The same to you. ‎ ‎53.“I'm sorry. I don't know the way, either. You'd better ask that policeman for help. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Good night. ‎ ‎ B.That's nothing. ‎ ‎ C.Very well. ‎ ‎ D.Thank you all the same. ‎ ‎54.“ ____ , but would you tell me the way to the office?”‎ ‎ A.Excuse me ‎ B.I'm sorry ‎ C.I beg your pardon ‎ D.Please excuse ‎55.Don't forget to say“ ____ ”when you interrupt someone. ‎ ‎ A.Thank you ‎ B.I'm sorry ‎ C.Excuse me. ‎ ‎ D.Pardon ‎56.“ I'm sorry for giving you so much trouble”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Oh, it's nothing. ‎ ‎ B.I'm sorry too. ‎ ‎ C.Oh, thank you. ‎ ‎ D.I don't mind. ‎ ‎57.“I'm sorry to keep you waiting so long. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Thank you. ‎ ‎ B.I'm sorry, too. ‎ ‎ C.That's all right. ‎ ‎ D.Excuse me. ‎ ‎58.“Oh, I'm not feeling well, I've got a cold. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Fine, How are you?‎ ‎ B.Never mind. Take care. ‎ ‎ C.Well, I'm sure to get well soon. ‎ ‎ D.I'm sorry to hear that. ‎ ‎59.If someone tells you that he isn't well today, you should say “ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.It doesn't matter. ‎ ‎ B.Don't think of it. ‎ ‎ C.I can help you. ‎ ‎ D.I'm sorry to hear that. ‎ ‎60.“My brother fell from a tree and broke his leg. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Yes, he does. ‎ ‎ B.That's too bad. ‎ ‎ C.I'm sorry. ‎ ‎ D.He isn't lucky. ‎ ‎61.“ What a pity I can't go to the lecture”“ ____ We can tell you about it. ‎ ‎ A.Never mind. ‎ ‎ B.Not at all. ‎ ‎ C.Don't mention it. ‎ ‎ D.That's all right. ‎ ‎62.“What a wonderful day! Shall we go for a walk?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Good luck. ‎ ‎ B.Good idea. ‎ ‎ C.Come over. ‎ ‎ D.Let's go to the park. ‎ ‎63.“Would you like to come to dinner tonight?”“ ____ but I'm too busy”. ‎ ‎ A.I like it. ‎ ‎ B.Certainly. ‎ ‎ C.I'd like to. ‎ ‎ D.I'm sorry. ‎ ‎64.“ Would you go and see the play with me?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Not at all. ‎ ‎ B.Yes, I think I will. ‎ ‎ C.Excuse me, I can't. ‎ ‎ D.No, I think I will. ‎ ‎65.“Please take my seat here, Granny.”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.No, you seat, please. ‎ ‎ B.That's very kind, of you. ‎ ‎ C.Fine, thank you. ‎ ‎ D.I'm glad to hear that. ‎ ‎66.“Shall I get some chalk for you?” “ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.I can do it without you.‎ ‎ B.NO, thanks.Let Tom do it.‎ ‎ C.I don't need you help.‎ ‎ D.That's right.‎ ‎67.“Will you please help me with my physics?” “ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Excuse me, I'm afraid not.‎ ‎ B.It's very nice of you.‎ ‎ C.I'm sorry to hear that.‎ ‎ D.Certainly.I'll be glad to.‎ ‎68.“There's a seat for you, Wang Lin.”“ ____ It's for Granny Lian.”‎ ‎ A.Thank you.‎ ‎ B.No, thanks ‎ C.I'm very sorry.‎ ‎ D.I'll take it.‎ ‎69.“Can I help you?” “ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Yes, help me.‎ ‎ B.No, don't help me.‎ ‎ C.Yes, I want to buy a stamp.‎ ‎ D.That's all right.‎ ‎70.“Would you like some milk in your tea? ” “Yes, just ____ .”‎ ‎ A.little ‎ B.a little ‎ C.few ‎ D.a few ‎71.“ ____ madam?” “ I'm looking for a dress for my sister.”‎ ‎ A.What can I do for you.‎ ‎ B.What do you want to buy. ‎ ‎ C.What about the dress. ‎ ‎ D.Can you help me. ‎ ‎72.“May I borrow your ruler?”“Sure. ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Give you. ‎ ‎ B.You are here. ‎ ‎ C.Here you are. ‎ ‎ D.Thank you. ‎ ‎73.“Can I carry this box for you?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Yes, you must. ‎ ‎ B.That's very kind of you. ‎ ‎ C.Let me help you. ‎ ‎ D.I can carry it. ‎ ‎74.“Shall I close the window?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Not at all. ‎ ‎ B.never. ‎ ‎ C.No, please don't. ‎ ‎ D.Don't do that now. ‎ ‎75.“Can you answer this question?”“Well, ____ ”‎ ‎ A.I'd like to. ‎ ‎ B.how easy it is. ‎ ‎ C.let me try. ‎ ‎ D.quite good. ‎ ‎76.“Must the homework be handed in tomorrow?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Yes, you must. ‎ ‎ B.Yes, you may. ‎ ‎ C.No, you needn't. ‎ ‎ D.No, it needn't. ‎ ‎77.“Will you please show us around the exhibition?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Right. ‎ ‎ B.That's right. ‎ ‎ C.That's all right. ‎ ‎ D.All right. ‎ ‎78.“May I have a word with you?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Sorry, you may. ‎ ‎ B.No, you may. ‎ ‎ C.What's that?‎ ‎ D.Sorry, I'm too busy now. ‎ ‎79.When the teacher answers your question, you don't hear clearly, you should say“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Say it again. ‎ ‎ B.I didn't hear clearly. ‎ ‎ C.I beg your pardon?‎ ‎ D.Repeat it again. ‎ ‎80.“I beg your pardon?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.No, you don't. ‎ ‎ B.No problem ‎ C.Never mind. ‎ ‎ D.I said I didn't like it. ‎ ‎81.“Will you help me repair my bike?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Yes, please. ‎ ‎ B.No, thanks ‎ C.Certainly, I'll be glad to. ‎ ‎ D.Of course, I would like. ‎ ‎82.“Can you play basketball with us now?”“ ____ I'll have to finish my homework first. ”‎ ‎ A.Certainly. ‎ ‎ B.Yes, I can. ‎ ‎ C.I'm not afraid. ‎ ‎ D.I'm afraid not. ‎ ‎83.“Are you free next Sunday afternoon?”“ ____ I must go and meet my aunt at the railway station. ”‎ ‎ A.I think so. ‎ ‎ B.I don't think so. ‎ ‎ C.Yes. I do. ‎ ‎ D.No I don't. ‎ ‎84.“Isn't your uncle a doctor?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.No, he is. ‎ ‎ B.Yes, he isn't. ‎ ‎ C.No, he isn't. ‎ ‎ D.Yes, he does. ‎ ‎85.“Is he coming, too?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Perhaps not. ‎ ‎ B.He is coming. ‎ ‎ C.He isn't coming. ‎ ‎ D.He's coming, too. ‎ ‎86.“What has happened to George? I don't know. He ____ lost. ”‎ ‎ A.can have got ‎ B.may have got. ‎ ‎ C.might get ‎ D.could get. ‎ ‎87.Lin Tao:“Did you enjoy you holiday in Xi'an?”Mike:“Yes, I had a good time there. ”Lin Tao:“ ____ ”‎ ‎  Mike:“Well, I think it's a place of great interest. ”‎ ‎ A.Do you like the place?‎ ‎ B.How do you feel about Xi'an?‎ ‎ C.What do you think of Xi'an?‎ ‎ D.What would go like visit it again?‎ ‎88.“What's the weather like today?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.It's summer now. ‎ ‎ B.I like spring best. ‎ ‎ C.It's cloudy. ‎ ‎ D.It's winter. ‎ ‎89.“It's quite cold. isn't it?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.You're right. You'd better take off your coat. ‎ ‎ B.No, I think so. ‎ ‎ C.Yes. You'd better put on more clothes. ‎ ‎ D.Yes. It's warmer than yesterday. ‎ ‎90.“ ____ ”“It's fine. ”‎ ‎ A.What day is it today?‎ ‎ B.What's the date today?‎ ‎ C.How's the weather like today?‎ ‎ D.What's the weather like today?‎ ‎91.“Good morning, John. Lovely weather, isn't it?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Yes. you're right. ‎ ‎ B.Yes, isn't it?‎ ‎ C.Not very good, I think. ‎ ‎ D.But I don't think it. ‎ ‎92.“ ____ is the shirt?”“Forty yuan. ”‎ ‎ A.How much ‎ B.How many ‎ C.How long ‎ D.How old ‎93.“Shall I go to buy some apples at the shop?”“Yes, ____ red one's”‎ ‎ A.bring some ‎ B.carry a few ‎ C.take any ‎ D.bring a little ‎94.“ ____ do you wear?”“Size twenty-four. ”‎ ‎ A.What number shoes ‎ B.What size shoes ‎ C.How big shoes ‎ D.How long shoes ‎95.“ ____ ”“I'd like to borrow a book on radio. ”‎ ‎ A.What do you want?‎ ‎ B.What can I do for you?‎ ‎ C.Why are you here?‎ ‎ D.What are you doing here?‎ ‎96.“Do you want the yellow jacket or the blue one?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Yes, I want the blue one. ‎ ‎ B.Yes, I want the yellow one. ‎ ‎ C.Yes, both. ‎ ‎ D.The blue one. ‎ ‎97.“ ____ ”“The black one. ”‎ ‎ A.What colour is it?‎ ‎ B.What is it?‎ ‎ C.How do you like the colour?‎ ‎ D.Which one do you like to choose?‎ ‎98.“Can I help you?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.I'm looking for a cap for my son. ‎ ‎ B.Thank you very much. ‎ ‎ C.I'm leaving. ‎ ‎ D.Here you are. ‎ ‎99.“ ____ where's the hospital, please?”“Oh, it's over there. ”‎ ‎ A.Excuse me. ‎ ‎ B.Pardon. ‎ ‎ C.Sorry ‎ D.Hello ‎100.“Could you tell me how I can get to the post office?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.No, I couldn't tell you. ‎ ‎ B.I'm afraid I don't ‎ C.Yes, please. ‎ ‎ D.Yes, of course. ‎ ‎101.“How far is it to the Science Museum?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Very soon. ‎ ‎ B.Two kilometres, I think. ‎ ‎ C.By train. ‎ ‎ D.About fifteen. ‎ ‎102.“Excuse me, could you tell me the way to the History Museum?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Here you are. ‎ ‎ B.No, I can't tell you. ‎ ‎ C.Hi, I won't know it. ‎ ‎ D.Certainly. Go down this street and you can see it. ‎ ‎103.“Excuse me, could you tell me how to get to the park?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.You can't miss it. ‎ ‎ B.No, I can't ‎ C.I don't know. ‎ ‎ D.I'm sorry, but I'm a stranger. ‎ ‎104.“What's the date today?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.It's June 22. ‎ ‎ B.It's windy. ‎ ‎ C.It's Thursday. ‎ ‎ D.It's a fine day. ‎ ‎105.“ ____ ”“It's three fifteen. ”‎ ‎ A.What day is today?‎ ‎ B.What's the date today?‎ ‎ C.What time is it now?‎ ‎ D.What time it is?‎ ‎106.“What time is it?”“It's ____. ”‎ ‎ A.nine ‎ B.nice ‎ C.fine ‎ D.a clock ‎107.“What time is it?”It's“ ____. ”‎ ‎ A.Monday ‎ B.summer ‎ C.eight o'clock ‎ D.in the morning ‎108.“ ____ ”“It's July the first. ”‎ ‎ A.What day is today?‎ ‎ B.What's the date today?‎ ‎ C.What is today?‎ ‎ D.When is today?‎ ‎109.“What day is today?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.It's May 4th. ‎ ‎ B.It's Saturday. ‎ ‎ C.It's a fine day. ‎ ‎ D.It's a holiday. ‎ ‎110.“ ____ do you hear from your parents?”“Once a month. ”‎ ‎ A.How often ‎ B.How soon ‎ C.How long ‎ D.How far ‎111.Doctor: What's your trouble, young man? Bob: ____ ‎ ‎ A.I'll be fine soon. ‎ ‎ B.I think it's quite cold ‎ C.I'm worried about my mother. ‎ ‎ D.I've got a headache. ‎ ‎112.“(At the doctor's) It's nothing serious, doctor?”“No. ____ ”‎ ‎ A.You'll be all right soon. ‎ ‎ B.You won't be all right soon. ‎ ‎ C.There are some trouble with you. ‎ ‎ D.It's very serious. ‎ ‎113.“I'm not feeling well. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Help yourself to the cakes, please. ‎ ‎ B.I think you'll have a good time. ‎ ‎ C.There must be something wrong with my ears. ‎ ‎ D.Here, try this medicine. ‎ ‎114.“ ____ Tom?”“I've got a headache. ”‎ ‎ A.How are you. ‎ ‎ B.What's your wrong. ‎ ‎ C.How about you. ‎ ‎ D.What's the matter with you ‎115.“ ____ ”“My back hurts. ”‎ ‎ A.What do you come here for?‎ ‎ B.Why do you come here?‎ ‎ C.What do you want?‎ ‎ D.What's wrong with you?‎ ‎116.“Help yourself to some meat. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.It sounds nice. ‎ ‎ B.Yes, please. ‎ ‎ C.Yes, Let's help each other. ‎ ‎ D.Thank you. ‎ ‎117.“ ____ ”“Bring me two eggs and a glass of milk, please. ”‎ ‎ A.What do you want to eat?‎ ‎ B.What do you like?‎ ‎ C.What can I do for you?‎ ‎ D.What do you want to buy?‎ ‎118.“Would you like some meat?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Oh, I'm not hungry. ‎ ‎ B.We mustn't eat too much. ‎ ‎ C.Thank you. I've had enough. ‎ ‎ D.Not at all. ‎ ‎119.“Which would you like better, tea or milk?”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.Yes, please. ‎ ‎ B.No, thanks. ‎ ‎ C.Tea, please. ‎ ‎ D.Tea or milk. ‎ ‎120.“The food you cooked tastes very good. ”“ ____ ”‎ ‎ A.No, I an't cook. ‎ ‎ B.No, thanks ‎ C.Thank you I'm glad you enjoyed it. ‎ ‎ D.Can you cook? ‎ 参考答案 ‎1.B.“What day (of the week) is (it) today? “是问“星期几”的句型。‎ ‎2.C.要打扰别人应先说“Excuse me. ”. ‎ ‎3.C.表示不会再做某事应用将来时态。‎ ‎4.C.NO SOMOKING 表示“禁止吸烟”。NO PHOTOS 表示“禁止拍照”。‎ ‎5.B.‎ ‎6.D.“Merry Christmas!”表示“圣诞快乐!”“新年好!”是“Happy New Year!”‎ ‎7.B.做错了事,表示道歉。‎ ‎8.A.What a pity!“真可惜!”表示“同情怜悯”。‎ ‎9.C.在英语中对别人的夸奖、称赞应表示感谢。‎ ‎10.A.‎ ‎11.C.旧友重逢时常用此语。‎ ‎12.D.“How is (are)…”句型不仅可用于问候对方(you),也可用于第三人称。‎ ‎13.D.Who is it? 问敲门人是谁,不知性别。‎ ‎14.B.实际上,so am I. 在此处不如“I'm glad to see you, too”更常用。‎ ‎15.A.这是问候病人的常用句型。‎ ‎16.B.这是老师在上课时问全体学生是否都到齐了。‎ ‎17.D.客气地答应对方的请求。‎ ‎18.D.remember me (us) to sb. 代我(我们)向……表示问候。‎ ‎19.B.Good night. “晚安”。晚上分别时用语。‎ ‎20.D.see you tomorrow. 明天见。‎ ‎21.A.‎ ‎22.C.“speaking”是“This is Mr Li speaking”的省略形式。‎ ‎23.B.“Who's that?”指在电话里问对方是谁。‎ ‎24.C.‎ ‎25.D.这两题都是在电话里找某人接电话的惯用语及答语。‎ ‎26.A.This is…speaking. 在电话里说“我是…”。‎ ‎27.C.Who's that (speaking)?(电话里)你是谁?‎ ‎28.B.29.A.要给对方捎信得知道人家的电话号码。‎ ‎30.C.31.D.‎ ‎32.B.答谢语除此之外还有:Not at all. That's all right. (it's)My pleasure. It's a pleasure. 等等。‎ ‎33.A.在英语中,对别人的夸奖应表示感谢。‎ ‎34.D.这也是表达谢意的一种方式。‎ ‎35.B.               36.D.           37.B.                38.D.‎ ‎39.D.实际上,此句仍用 Happy New Year! 作答更为常见。‎ ‎40.C.表示“祝你生日快乐!”‎ ‎41.D.此句也可用 The same to you. 作答。‎ ‎42.C.表示祝愿对方玩得高兴。‎ ‎43.D.‎ ‎44.A.‎ ‎45.C.祝某人一帆风顺,运气好,常用此语。‎ ‎46.B.‎ ‎47.B.‎ ‎48.A.表“客气的应允”。‎ ‎49.D.with pleasure. 非常愿意。注意此短语与 (It's) My pleasure. It's a pleasure. 的语义及用法区别,后两句都是答谢用语。‎ ‎50.D.表示愿意帮忙。‎ ‎51.A.你不想喝茶就说 No, thanks. 想喝就说 Yes, thanks. ‎ ‎52.C.It doesn't matter. “没关系,”是致歉的答语。类似的用语还有:Never mind. That's all right. That's nothing. 等等。‎ ‎53.D.all the same 仍然、一样地。‎ ‎54.A.excuse me 和 sorry 后面都可以与 but 连用。‎ ‎55.C.要打断别的说话应先说 Excuse me。‎ ‎56.A.It's nothing. 没关系。‎ ‎57.C.That's all right. 既可作答语(“不用谢”),也可作致歉的答语(“没关系”)。‎ ‎58.D.对别人说出的不快之事,应表示遗憾。‎ ‎59.D.同上。‎ ‎60.B.That's too bad. 太糟糕了。‎ ‎61.A.C、B 是答谢用语,D既可做答谢语,也可回答致歉语,但不能用于安慰别人。‎ ‎62.B.Good idea“好主意”,表示同意别人的主意。‎ ‎63.C.I'd like to 和 I'd love to. 都表示答应别人的邀请。‎ ‎64.B.‎ ‎65.B.That's very kind of you. “你太好了。”也可以说成 That's very nice of you. 其功能相当于 Thank you。‎ ‎66.B.表示婉然谢绝,可说 No, thanks。‎ ‎67.D.I'll be glad to. 表示答应别人的请求。‎ ‎68.B.同16小题。‎ ‎69.C.此题中的 Can I help you? 就是售货员说的“您要买什么?”‎ ‎70.B.just a lithe 意思是“少来点儿。”而用 little 则是嫌少。‎ ‎71.A.“What can I do for you”也是问顾客要买什么。类似的还可说 Anything I can do for you?‎ ‎72.C.“给你”应说 Here you are. 而不能说 give you. ‎ ‎73.B.That's very kind of you. “你太好了。”‎ ‎74.C.表示客气的请求别人不要做某事。‎ ‎75.C.表示同意做某事,并表示“尝试”一下。‎ ‎76.D.此题是被动语态,主语是 homework. it needn't 后省略了 be handed in tomorrow. 如果主语是 I 或 We,则可选 C。‎ ‎77.D.表示同意,That's all right. 是“不用谢,没关系”。‎ ‎78.D.C项的错误在于主语不能用that,如将其改成it,即也是正确选项。‎ ‎79.C.用Pardon? 更常见。‎ ‎80.D.问话是要求对方再说一遍。此句也可表示“对不起”,这要看具体场合而定。‎ ‎81.C.‎ ‎82.D.I'm afraid not. 表示婉然谢绝,也可表示不同意别人的看法或想法。‎ ‎83.B.此处的I don't think so. 与 I'm afraid not. 大致相同。但语气不如 I'm afraid not. 委婉。‎ ‎84.C.注意否定形式的一般疑问句和“前否定,后肯定”的反意疑问答语中,Yes、No与汉语表达恰好相反。此处的No, he isn't. 汉意应为“是的,他不是”。‎ ‎85.A.Perhaps not. 是 Perhaps he isn't coming. 的省略形式。‎ ‎86.C.might 意为“可能”,语气比may更加不确定。A、D项中的can和could在肯定句中不表示“可能”,can在疑问句和否定句中表示“可能”。may have got表示的“可能”,是对过去事情的猜测,与问句不符。‎ ‎87.C.询问别人的看法,与 How do you like…? 功能相同。‎ ‎88.C.这是问天气的句型。‎ ‎89.C ‎90.D ‎91.B.见面时以谈天气的方式表示寒喧的用语。‎ ‎92.A.How much is (are)…? 问价格句型。‎ ‎93.A.bring是“带来”,take是“拿走”,carry的“拿、带”,没有方向性。‎ ‎94.B.What size shoes do you wear? 你穿多大号码的鞋?‎ ‎95.B.此处的 What can I do for you? 是图书管理员问借书者要借什么书。‎ ‎96.D.对选择疑问句必须作具体回答,而不能用Yes/No来回答。‎ ‎97.D ‎98.A.此处的 Can I help you? 是售货员问顾客要买什么。‎ ‎99.A 100.D.客气地答应对方的请求。‎ ‎101.B.问距离。‎ ‎102.D.‎ ‎103.D.‎ ‎104.A.‎ ‎105.C.问“几点了?”也可以说What's the time?. ‎ ‎106.A.‎ ‎107.C.这两题都是问几点钟。‎ ‎108.B.‎ ‎109.B.问“星期几”。‎ ‎110.A.How often 每隔多长时间(做一次)。这是用于问时间频率的疑问词。‎ ‎111.D.What's your trouble? 你有什么病?此句还可用“What's wrong with you? 和“What's the matter with you?”替换之,都是问某人有什么毛病。‎ ‎112.A.all right 常表示“行、好、可以”,此处表示“安然无恙”‎ ‎113.D.114.D.同111小题。‎ ‎115.D.同上。‎ ‎116.D.Help yourself (yourselves) to sth. 随便吃/用……。‎ ‎117.C.售货员问顾客要买什么。‎ ‎118.C.不管你吃不吃,都应表示感谢。‎ ‎119.C.120.C.对别人的夸奖应表示感谢,注意此处与汉语用语方面的差别。 ‎ 十五、主谓一致 ‎1.Neither Wei Hua nor Ann ____ on the team. ‎ ‎ A.is ‎ B.are ‎ C.goes ‎ D.go ‎2.“ I think neither this shirt nor that one ____ good”he said. ‎ ‎ A.are ‎ B.is ‎ C.were ‎ D.was ‎3.Three years ____ a short time. You have to study hard. ‎ ‎ A.is ‎ B.are ‎ C.be ‎ D.were ‎4.Each of us ____ a nice pencil-box. ‎ ‎ A.have ‎ B.has ‎ C.are having ‎5.Those men ____ soldiers. ‎ ‎ A.an ‎ B.is ‎ ‎ C.are ‎ ‎6.----Where is my pen, please?‎ ‎  ----It ____ on your desk. ‎ ‎ A.is ‎ B.be ‎ C.are ‎ D./‎ ‎7.Either Jim or Sam ____ going to help the farmers with the orange harvest this afternoon. ‎ ‎ A.was ‎ B.were ‎ C.is ‎ D.are ‎8.All the food ____ ready now. Let's have a meal. ‎ ‎ A.be ‎ B.an ‎ C.is ‎ D.are ‎9.All ____ done now. ‎ ‎ A.have ‎ B.has ‎ C.has been ‎ D.have been ‎10.This pair of shoes ____ for my father. ‎ ‎ A.is ‎ B.are ‎ C.buy ‎ D.get ‎11.There ____ a desk, two beds and four chairs in the room ‎ A.is ‎ B.are ‎ C.has ‎ D.have ‎12.Nothing but grass and trees ____ the hill. ‎ ‎ A.covers ‎ B.cover ‎ C.covering ‎ D.is    covering ‎ ‎13.The box of rubbers ____ white. ‎ ‎ A.is ‎ B.are ‎ C.be ‎ D.were ‎14.____ he or you to come home?‎ ‎ A.Is ‎ B.Are ‎ ‎ C.Will ‎ D.Can ‎15.No book and no pen ____ in the bag. ‎ ‎ A.is ‎ B.are ‎ C.has ‎ D.have ‎16.His family ____ a large one. The whole family ____ watching TV. ‎ ‎ A.is…is ‎ B.are…are ‎ C.are…is ‎ D.is…are ‎17.Each student and each teacher ____ to see the film. ‎ ‎ A.go ‎ B.wish ‎ C.are ‎ D.wants ‎18.None of that money on the table ____ mine. ‎ ‎ A.is ‎ B.are ‎ C.been ‎ D.were ‎19.The mother with two children often ____ to the town. ‎ ‎ A.go ‎ B.goes ‎ C.are going ‎ D.is going ‎20.Ten minutes ____ enough for me. ‎ ‎ A.is ‎ B.are ‎ C.am ‎ D.be ‎21.Neither my father nor I ____ there just now. ‎ ‎ A.were ‎ B.is ‎ C.are ‎ D.was ‎22.I think maths ____ very interesting. ‎ ‎ A.are ‎ B.is ‎ C.sound ‎ D.seem ‎23.The writer and teacher ____ coming now. ‎ ‎ A.is ‎ B.are ‎ C.has ‎ D.have ‎ 参考答案 ‎1.A.neither…nor…连接两个并列主语时,应根据“就近一致”的原则,使谓语动词的数与nor后面的词语相一致。‎ ‎2.B.同上。‎ ‎3.A.当表示时间,货币单位,长度距离等名词的复数形式作主语时,可将其看成一个整体,谓语动词用单数形式 ‎4.B.each作主语时,谓语动词总是用单数形式,另外,each和every修饰单数,可数名词作主语,谓语动词也用单数形式。‎ ‎5.C.men为复数,故用are。‎ ‎6.A.7.C.同第1小题。‎ ‎8.C.不可数名词作主语时,谓语动词应用单数。‎ ‎9.C.all指“事情”的整体,相当于everything,谓语动词用单数;如果all代替复数可数名词,谓语动词则应用复数。‎ ‎10.A.“…pair of…”结构做主语时,谓语动词的单、复数形式与pair一致。此句如去掉pair短语,用shoes作主语,谓语动词则应用复数形式。‎ ‎11.A.在there be句型中,如果be后面接并列主语,be的单、复数形式与紧接着的名词的数相一致。‎ ‎12.A.but在此句中作介词,相当于except,此种结构中谓语的单复数应与but前的名词或代词相一致。此句意为:“整个山上除了草之外什么也没有。”‎ ‎13.A.此句中的box作主语,of rubbers是介词短语作定语。‎ ‎14.A.or引导两个并列的名词或代词作主语时,谓语动词的人称和数应与最靠近的名(代)词的数相一致,在肯定句中是这样,在否定句中也是如此,此句若转换为肯定句就为: He or you are to come home. ‎ ‎15.A.“No…+单数名词and+no+单数名词”结构作主语时,谓语动词相应用单数形式。‎ ‎16.D.象family.class等集体名词作主语时,如果把该句词看成一个整体,谓语动词用单数(第一空),如把其看成单个的个体,谓语动词则应用复数。‎ ‎17.D.each…and each…的谓语动词应用单数形式。‎ ‎18.A.none of结构接不可数名词作主语时,谓语动词应用单数;none of后接可数句词复数时,谓语动词用单、复数都可。‎ ‎19.B.wiht、along、as well as 、except等介词短语与名词、代词相连接作主语时。谓语动词的人称和数要与介词短语前面的名词或代词一致。‎ ‎20.A.道理同“中考题例”第1题。‎ ‎21.D.同上。‎ ‎22.B.maths、physics等名词虽以s结尾,但却是单数概念。‎ ‎23.A.and后面无定冠词,表示“作家兼教师”。指的是一个人,故谓语动词用单数。 ‎ 十四、并列句 ‎1.I like fish, ____ my brother doesn't like it. ‎ ‎ A.so ‎ B.or ‎ C.for ‎ D.but ‎ ‎2.Mr Zhang felt a little tired, ____ he still went on working ‎ ‎ A.but ‎ B.and ‎ ‎ C.so ‎ D.or ‎ ‎3.----Will you be free on Saturday morning ? ‎ ‎  ----No, I won't , ____ I'll be free on Monday afternoon.‎ ‎ A.but ‎ B.for ‎ C.and ‎ D.so ‎ ‎4.Miss Gao is badly ill, ____ she is still working very hard.‎ ‎ A.but ‎ B.and ‎ ‎ C.so ‎ D.or ‎5.Hurry up, ____ you won't catch the early bus. ‎ ‎ A.but ‎ B.and ‎ ‎ C.or ‎ D.so ‎ ‎6.Go along the road, ____ you'll find the market at the end of it ‎ ‎ A.when ‎ B.and ‎ ‎ C.or ‎ D.though ‎7.I help him ____ he helps me. We help each other (互相)‎ ‎ A.but ‎ B.and ‎ ‎ C.or ‎8.____ Saturday ____ Sunday is OK. I will be free in these two days. ‎ ‎ A.Either;or ‎ B.Neither; nor ‎ C.Both; and ‎ D.One; the other ‎9.Mr. Zhang felt very tired, ____ he needed a good rest. ‎ ‎ A.and ‎ B.so ‎ C.or ‎ D.but ‎10.____ human beings(人类) ____ animals can live without air. ‎ ‎ A.Not only; but also ‎ B.Both; and ‎ C.Either; or ‎ D.Neither; nor ‎11.Work hard, ____ you'll catch up with others. ‎ ‎ A.and ‎ B.but ‎ C.or ‎ D.for ‎12.----Have you got any brothers ____ sisters?‎ ‎  ---- I have a sister. ‎ ‎ A.nor ‎ B.or ‎ C.but ‎ D.for ‎13.Be quick, ____ you'll be late for the football match. ‎ ‎ A.so ‎ B.but ‎ C.and ‎ D.or ‎14.Jim is an American, ____ he can speak very good Chinese. ‎ ‎ A.if ‎ B.so ‎ C.but ‎ D.because ‎15.We bought Granny a present, ____ she didn't like it. ‎ ‎ A.but ‎ B.and ‎ C.when ‎ D.if ‎16.That was our firtst lesson, ____ she didn't know all our names ‎ A.for ‎ B.but ‎ C.so ‎ D.or ‎17.The boy is only ten, ____ he can do some washing himself ‎ A.though ‎ B.but ‎ C.or ‎ D.so ‎18.He is listening to the music ____ he is washing clothes ‎ A.after ‎ B.before ‎ C.that ‎ D.while ‎ 参考答案 ‎1.D.前后两个分句意思相反,表转折,应用but ‎2.A.同上。‎ ‎3.A.同上。‎ ‎4.A.同上。‎ ‎5.C.or表示“否则”,前后两个句子是相对关系。如用and,则为“顺接关系,其意思与or相反。此句也可说成: Hurry up, and you'll catch the early bus. ”‎ ‎6.B                                   7.B ‎8.A.根据第一句的动词is和第二句的意思,应填either…or。B项的neither…nor语义与该句不吻合。both…and后接复数形式的谓语动词。D项非连接词,也有不用。‎ ‎9.B.两个分句为因果关系,故用so.‎ ‎10.D.前三项虽在在语法上与题干都吻合,但不符合事实逻辑。‎ ‎11.A.该句型为“祈使句+ and+陈述句”结构,祈使句可转换为一个if引导的条件状语从句。如果前后两个句都用肯定语气,则用and连接;如果两个分句的语气为一个肯定,一个否定,则应用or连接,该句如用or连接应为:Work hand, or you won't catch up with others. ‎ ‎12.B.此句中只能用or连接,其余三个词都不能用。‎ ‎13.D.结构同11小题,道理也相同。注意第二个分句虽是肯定形式,但late也含有“否定”语气,故用or。‎ ‎14.C.美国人会说汉语的并不是自然的,故应用but.‎ ‎15.A                                 16.C                     17.B ‎18.D.while为并列连词,表“对比”。意为“他去听音乐,而他却在洗衣服。” ‎ ‎ 十六、There be 句型 ‎ ‎1.----What did you see in the basket then ?‎ ‎  ----There ____ a bottle of orange and some oranges. ‎ ‎ A.is ‎ B.are ‎ ‎ C.was ‎ D.were ‎2.There ____ a big tree near the house. ‎ ‎ A.are ‎ B.is ‎ C.have ‎ D.has ‎3.There ____ a lot of animals in the zoo. ‎ ‎ A.have ‎ B.has ‎ C.is ‎ D.are ‎4.How many boys ____ there in Class one?‎ ‎ A.be ‎ B.is ‎ C.are ‎ D.am ‎5.There ____ a lot of good news in today's newspaper ‎ A.is ‎ B.are ‎ C.was ‎ D.were ‎6.There ____ pencil-box, two books and some flowers on the desk ‎ A.is a ‎ B.are some ‎ C.has a ‎ D.have some ‎ ‎7.____ any flowers on both sides of the street ?‎ ‎ A.Is there ‎ B.Are there ‎ C.Has ‎ D.Have ‎8.____ is there on the table?‎ ‎ A.How many apples ‎ B.How much bread ‎ C.How much breads ‎ D.How many food ‎ ‎9.There are sixty minutes in ____ hour. ‎ ‎ A.an ‎ B.the ‎ C.a ‎ D./‎ ‎10.There is ____ old woman in the car. ‎ ‎ A./‎ ‎ B.a ‎ C.the ‎ D.an ‎11.There's ____ orange tree behind ____ house. ‎ ‎ A.an; the ‎ B.a; a ‎ C.the; the ‎ ‎12.There is ____ map in the classroom. ____ map is on the wall. ‎ ‎ A.a; A ‎ B.the; The ‎ ‎ C.a; The ‎ D.the; A ‎ ‎13.There is ____ “f”and ____ “u” in the word “four ”. ‎ ‎ A.an; a ‎ B.a; a ‎ C.an; an ‎ D.a; an ‎14.There ____ not any water in the glass. ‎ ‎ A.has ‎ B.is ‎ C.are ‎ ‎15.There ____ a football match in our shool this aternoon. ‎ ‎ A.are going to have ‎ B.is going to have ‎ ‎ C.are going to be ‎ D.is going to be ‎ ‎16.There ____ an apple and ten bananas in the basket. You can take any of them. ‎ ‎ A.are ‎ B.is ‎ C.has ‎ D.have ‎17.____ any flowers on both sides of the street?‎ ‎ A.Is there ‎ B.Are there ‎ C.Has ‎ D.Have ‎18.There ____ great changes in our country since 1979. ‎ ‎ A.have been ‎ B.were ‎ C.has been ‎ D.are ‎19.There is little water in the glass, ____ ?‎ ‎ A.isn't there ‎ B.isn't it ‎ C.is it ‎ D.is there ‎20.----There is no air or water on the moon. Is there?‎ ‎  ---- ____. ‎ ‎ A.Yes, there are ‎ B.No, there isn't ‎ C.Yes, there isn't ‎ D.No, there is ‎21.There isn't ____ paper in the box. Will you go and get some for me?‎ ‎ A.any ‎ B.some ‎ C.a ‎ D.an ‎22.There ____ some water in the bottle. ‎ ‎ A.are ‎ B.is ‎ C.has ‎ D.have ‎23.How many ____ are there in your classroom?‎ ‎ A.desks ‎ B.desk ‎ C.chair ‎ D.door ‎24.There ____ something wrong with my car. ‎ ‎ A.are ‎ B.has ‎ C.is ‎ D.have ‎25.There ____ a pencil and two pens in the pencil box ‎ A.are ‎ B.has ‎ C.have ‎ D.is ‎26.There is some ____ on the table. ‎ ‎ A.apple ‎ B.orange ‎ ‎ C.cake ‎ D.sandwich ‎27.There ____ some paper and a pen on the desk.‎ ‎ A.is ‎ B.are ‎ C.have ‎ D.has ‎28.There ____ a school at the foot of the hill ‎ A.have ‎ B.stand ‎ C.are ‎ D.stands ‎29.There's going to ____ in tomorrow's newspapers ‎ A.have something new ‎ B.have new somethingC.be something new ‎ D.be new something ‎30.There is some milk in the bottle, ____ ?‎ ‎ A.isn't there ‎ B.aren't there ‎ ‎ C.isn't it ‎ D.are there ‎ 参考答案 ‎1.C.there be后接并列主语时,be的单复数形式应为紧接的名词相一致。注:a bottle of orange一瓶桔子汁;some oranges一些桔子。第一个短语中的orange是不可数名词,意为“桔子汁”;第二个短语的oranges是可数名词,意为“桔子”。‎ ‎2.B.‎ ‎3.D.there be句型中一般不用动词have,但在完成时态里用have(has),即 there have(has) been…。‎ ‎4.C.主语是boys,故用are。‎ ‎5.A.“在今天的报纸上”表示“现在”,另外,news是不可数名词,故用is。‎ ‎6.A.道理同1题。‎ ‎7.B.‎ ‎8.B.因题干中动词用is,故只能选带不可数名词bread。‎ ‎9.A.10.D.11.A.12.C.13.A.‎ ‎14.B.water是不可数名词。‎ ‎15.D.‎ ‎16.B.‎ ‎17.B.flowers是复数,故用are there。‎ ‎18.A.since1979就与现在完成时连用,又因句中主语是changes,故用have been。‎ ‎19.D.little有否定含义,故附加部分用is there。‎ ‎20.B.在yes、no构成的答语中,前后肯否定语气和形式应一致,不能相互矛盾。‎ ‎21.A.否定句中应用any。‎ ‎22.B.‎ ‎23.A.此空只能填复数名词。因谓语动词是are。‎ ‎24.C.something,anything之类的复合不定代词作主语时,谓语动词应用单数形式。‎ ‎25.D.此题的选择是根据“就近原则”‎ ‎26.B.orange(桔子汁)作不可数名词。其它三项在名词和动词的数上都不吻合。‎ ‎27.A.道理同中考题例1小题。‎ ‎28.D.there be句型中的动词 be也可换用stand.lie.live等动词。‎ ‎29.C.there is(are)going to be …是there be 句型的将来时态。形容词修饰 something,anything等复合不定代词时应后置。‎ ‎30.A. ‎ 十三、状语从句和宾语从句 ‎1.She will find him a kind man when she ____ more about him ‎ A.knows ‎ B.know ‎ C.will know ‎ D.is going to know ‎ ‎2.We'll stay at home if it ____ this afternoon ‎ A.rain ‎ B.rains ‎ ‎ C.to rain ‎ D.raining ‎ ‎3.Bob didn't go to bed ____ he finished his work ‎ A.until ‎ B.after ‎ C.while ‎ D.when ‎4.This TV set is too dear, ____ it gives you a better picture ‎ A.or ‎ B.if ‎ C.though ‎ D.and ‎5.We will go to the Great Wall if it ____ tomorrow ‎ A.won't rain ‎ B.isn't raining ‎ ‎ C.rained ‎ D.doesn't rain ‎6.Betty didn't go to see the film yesterday ____ she was ill ‎ A.because ‎ B.but ‎ C.until ‎ D.if ‎7.We won't visit the Great Wall until the rain ____ ‎ ‎ A.will stop ‎ B.stops ‎ C.stopped ‎ D.has stopped ‎8.I didn't buy the dictionary yesterday ____ my aunt would give me one. ‎ ‎ A.until ‎ B.because ‎ C.if ‎ D.before ‎9.----I don't know if he ____. ‎ ‎  ----He will come if it ____. ‎ ‎ A.comes; won't rain ‎ B.will come; doesn't rain ‎ C.comes; doesn't rain ‎ D.will come; won't rain ‎10.Do you know what time ____ ?‎ ‎ A.the train leave ‎ B.does the train leave ‎ C.will the train leave ‎ D.the train leaves. ‎ ‎11.I can't understand ____. ‎ ‎ A.what does Christmas mean ‎ B.what Christmas does mean ‎ C.what mean Christmas does ‎ D.what Christmas means. ‎ ‎12.The small children don't know ____. ‎ ‎ A.what is their stockings in ‎ B.what is in their stockings ‎ C.where is their stockings in ‎ D.what in their stockings ‎13.Could you tell me ____ the radio without any help?‎ ‎ A.how did he mend ‎ B.what did he mend ‎ C.how he mended ‎ D.what he mended ‎14.Can you tell us?‎ ‎ A.when did he come ‎ B.When he came ‎ C.when did he came ‎ D.he came when ‎15.I don't know ____ I can do for you. ‎ ‎ A.who ‎ B.that ‎ C.what ‎16.Could you tell us ____ Mr Brown lives in Room 202?‎ ‎ A.that ‎ B.where ‎ C.until ‎ D.if ‎17.Do you know ____ he did not turn off the light?‎ ‎ A.how ‎ B.why ‎ C.what ‎ D.whether ‎18.I don't know ____ or not it will rain tomorrow. ‎ ‎ A.that ‎ B.when ‎ C.if ‎ D.whether ‎19.----Why is their classroom so clean and tidy?‎ ‎  ---- ____ it is cleaned every day. ‎ ‎ A.Since ‎ B.As ‎ C.Because ‎ D.For ‎20.Can you tell me ____ is going to give us a talk next Monday?‎ ‎ A.who ‎ B.whom ‎ C.whose ‎ D.what ‎21.I don't think he is having a meeting, ____ ?‎ ‎ A.do I ‎ B.don't I ‎ C.is he ‎ D.isn't he ‎22.Who do you think ____ the ticket?‎ ‎ A.has got ‎ B.to get ‎ C.to getting ‎ D.getting ‎23.____ was sunny when I went out for a walk yesterday ‎ A.It ‎ B.That ‎ C.This ‎ D.There ‎24.How many kilometres is ____ from your home to school?‎ ‎ A.there ‎ B.this ‎ C.that ‎ D.it ‎25.Do you find ____ intersting to learn English?‎ ‎ A.an ‎ B.it ‎ C.very ‎ D.more ‎26.We'll stay at home if it ____ tomorrow. ‎ ‎ A.rain ‎ B.rains ‎ C.is raining ‎ D.will rain ‎27.I ____ the message to him as soon as he ____ back tomorrow ‎ A.give; came ‎ B.will give; will come ‎ C.will give; comes ‎ D.give; will come ‎28.She ____ when I went to see her. ‎ ‎ A.is reading ‎ B.have read ‎ C.was reading ‎ D.reads ‎29.My sister ____ in that school since she left school ‎ A.taught ‎ B.had taught ‎ C.teaches ‎ D.has taught ‎30.He told me that he ____ the film three times. ‎ ‎ A.have seen ‎ B.had seen ‎ C.sees ‎ D.will see ‎31.Mr White hoped he ____ China the next year. ‎ ‎ A.would visit ‎ B.will visit ‎ C.visited ‎ D.has visited ‎32.I told him that the sun ____ in the east ‎ A.rises ‎ B.rose ‎ C.has risen ‎ D.was rising ‎33.I don't know if she ____. If she ____ , please let me know ‎ A.comes; comes ‎ B.will come; will come ‎ C.comes; will come ‎ D.will come; comes ‎34.I've no idea at all ____. ‎ ‎ A.where he has gone ‎ B.where did he go ‎ C.which place has he gone ‎ D.where has he gone ‎35.I didn't know what ____. ‎ ‎ A.was the matter ‎ B.is the matter ‎ C.matter was ‎ D.the matter is ‎36.I couldn't agree with ____ at the meeting ‎ A.that you said ‎ B.which you said ‎ C.what did you say ‎ D.what you said ‎37.My friend asked me ____. ‎ ‎ A.that who is girl ‎ B.who that girl was ‎ C.who was that girl ‎ D.that girl was who ‎38.Everyone except Jim and Jack ____. ‎ ‎ A.know who is he ‎ B.know who he is ‎ C.knows who is he ‎ D.knows who he is ‎39.My teacher asked me ____. ‎ ‎ A.who dictionary this was ‎ B.whose dictionary this was ‎ C.whose dictionary was this ‎ D.who dictionary was this ‎40.It is ten years ____ I left my hometown ‎ A.since ‎ B.if ‎ C.whether ‎ D.until ‎ 参考答案 ‎1.A.在时间、条件状语从句中,用一般现在时表示将来。‎ ‎2.B.同上。‎ ‎3.A.not…until直到……才……。‎ ‎4.C.though引导让步状语从句,意为“虽然”。‎ ‎5.D.参见1题解释。‎ ‎6.A.‎ ‎7.B.同1小题。‎ ‎8.B ‎9.B.第一个句子中的if引导的是宾语从句,第二个句子引导的是条件状语从句。‎ ‎10.D.leaves是用一般现在时表示将来。‎ ‎11.D.此句考查宾语从句结构。一般的从句结构应为陈述语序,即“连词+ 主语+ 谓语。”‎ ‎12.B.此句中的what是宾语从句中的主语。‎ ‎13.C.同上。‎ ‎14.B.同上。‎ ‎15.C.此题考查连词用法。what在宾语从句中做do 的宾语。‎ ‎16.D.if引导宾语从句,作“是否”讲。‎ ‎17.B.此句不能用whether,因为if和whether引导的宾语从句的谓语一般不用否定句,但可用 if/whether…or not结构。‎ ‎18.D.if和whether都可引导在句尾有or not的句子,whether还可接“whether or not…”结构,而 if不能。‎ ‎19.C.虽然这四个词都可表示“原因”,但只有because可回答why引导的疑问句。‎ ‎20.A.who在从句中作主语。‎ ‎21.C.在“I think…”句型中,附加问句的谓语动词采取从句的动词形式,肯,否定形式与主句谓语相对应。‎ ‎22.A.此句是复杂结构的特殊疑问句,其结构为:“疑问词+ do you think (believe…)+主语+谓语?” do you think是插入成分。如果疑问词作主语,插入成分后的主语需去掉。‎ ‎23.A.it表示天气。‎ ‎24.D.it表示距离。‎ ‎25.B.it作形式宾语,代替后面作真正宾语的不定式。‎ ‎26.B.在条件状语从句中用一般现在时表示将来。‎ ‎27.C.主句用一般将来时,条件状语从句用一般现在时。‎ ‎28.C.时间状语从句用一般过去时,主句用过进行时。‎ ‎29.D.since从句与现在完成时连用。‎ ‎30.B.主句谓语动词用过去时,从句中只能用过去时态。‎ ‎31.A.从句中用过去将来时,是因为主句用一般过去时。‎ ‎32.A.从句若叙述的是客观真理或自然规律,可用一般现在时,不受主句时态限制。‎ ‎33.D.第一个if引导的是宾语从句,第二个if引导的是条件状语从句。‎ ‎34.A.where从句是同位语从句,修饰idea.‎ ‎35.A.What在从句中做主语,故语序与原简单句的语序一致。‎ ‎36.D.What you said意为“你所说的话”。‎ ‎37.B.Who在从句中作表语。‎ ‎38.D.①主句主语是 Everyone,故谓语动词knowe。②从句中的who作表语,故应用陈述语序。‎ ‎39.B.‎ ‎40.A.此句属句型“It is+ 一段时间短语+ since从句(过去时)。” ‎ 十二、祈使句、感叹句和反意疑问句 Ⅰ.选择填空 ‎1.There is hardly ____ milk in the bottle, ____ there? ‎ ‎ A.no; isn't ‎ B.some; is ‎ ‎ C.little; isn't ‎ D.any; is ‎ ‎2.Let's go to th eisland ____ ? ‎ ‎ A.won't you ‎ B.will you ‎ ‎ C.shall we ‎ D.will we ‎ ‎3.You have met before, ____ ? ‎ ‎ A.haven't you ‎ B.have you ‎ ‎ C.do you ‎ D.don't you ‎ ‎4.John has never been to China, ____ ? ‎ ‎ A.has she ‎ B.hasn't she ‎ ‎ C.hasn't he ‎ D.has he ‎ ‎5.The Canadian girl knows little Russian, ____ ? ‎ ‎ A.doesn' t she ‎ B.does she ‎ ‎ C.isn't she ‎ D.is she ‎ ‎6.Alice has to finish her work now, ____ ? ‎ ‎ A.has she ‎ B.hasn't she ‎ ‎ C.does she ‎ D.doesn't she ‎ ‎7.Don't forget to give Polly some food and change her water, ____ ? ‎ ‎ A.will you ‎ B.shall we ‎ ‎ C.won't you ‎ D.do you ‎ ‎8.----The computer costs me nearly 1, 000 yuan. ‎ ‎  ----Oh dear! ____ expensive it is! ‎ ‎ A.How ‎ B.What ‎ ‎ C.What a ‎ D.How a ‎ ‎9.____ beautiful the flowers are! ‎ ‎ A.What ‎ B.How ‎ ‎ C.What a ‎ D.How a ‎ ‎10.____ fine weather it is today! ‎ ‎ A.How ‎ B.What a ‎ ‎ C.What ‎ D.How a ‎ ‎11.It's your first day to work. ____ late! ‎ ‎ A.Don't ‎ B.Don't be ‎ ‎ C.Be not ‎ D.Not be ‎ ‎12.“ ____ late for class again, ”said the teacher(’99山东)‎ ‎ A.Not to be ‎ B.Not be ‎ ‎ C.Don't be ‎ D.Won't be ‎ ‎13.----He isn't working now, is he? ‎ ‎  ---- ____. ‎ ‎ A.Yes, he is ‎ B.Yes , he isn't ‎ ‎ C.No, he is ‎ D.I know ‎ ‎14.----I have lost my pen. ‎ ‎  ----Use my pen. ____. ‎ ‎ A.Here you are ‎ B.Here are you ‎ ‎ C.Here is it ‎ D.Here they are ‎ ‎15.Hurry, ____ we shall be late for school. ‎ ‎ A.and ‎ B.or ‎ ‎ C.but ‎ D.so ‎ ‎16.She asked me to go, ____ I went. ‎ ‎ A.for ‎ B.so ‎ ‎ C.but ‎ D.or ‎ ‎17.The rain didn't stop ____ made us stay at school until 7o'clock in the morning. ‎ ‎ A.but ‎ B.so ‎ ‎ C.and it ‎ D.or ‎ ‎18.She didn't like to play basketball, ____ he likes singing and dancing. ‎ ‎ A.or ‎ B.but ‎ ‎ C.and ‎ D.so ‎ ‎19.It's a fine day. Let's go fishing, ____ ? ‎ ‎ A.won't you ‎ B.will you ‎ ‎ C.don't we ‎ D.shall we ‎ ‎20.“ ____ have you been to Nanjing?” ‎ ‎ A.How long ‎ B.How many times ‎ ‎ C.When ‎ D.Since when ‎ Ⅱ.将下列各句变成否定句(每空一词)。‎ ‎1.She's from Tonghua. ‎ ‎  She ____ from Tonghua. ‎ ‎2.My grandpa walks in the morning. ‎ ‎  Mrgrandpa ____ ____ in the morning. ‎ ‎3.Linda has some fruit in her bag. ‎ ‎  Linda ____ ____ fruit in her bag. ‎ ‎4.The Whites have supper at seven in the evening. ‎ ‎  The Whites ____ ____ supper at seven in the evening. ‎ ‎5.Mike did well in maths last year. ‎ ‎  Mike ____ ____ well in maths last year. ‎ ‎6.The homework was done just now. ‎ ‎  The homework ____ just now. ‎ ‎7.There's some salt on the plate. ‎ ‎  There ____ ____ salt on the plate. ‎ ‎8.We've already finished the work. ‎ ‎  We ____ finished the work ____. ‎ ‎9.You can see something in the room. ‎ ‎  You ____ see ____ in the room. ‎ ‎10.They're both at work. ‎ ‎    ____ of them ____ at work. ‎ ‎11.I think he did wrong. ‎ ‎  I ____ think he did wrong. ‎ ‎12.Everything is ready. ‎ ‎   ____ is ready. ‎ ‎13.The old woman is always kind to her husband.‎ ‎   The old woman is ____ kind to her husband. ‎ ‎14.Put the broom behind the door. ‎ ‎   ____ put the broom behind the door. ‎ ‎15.We'd better go there on foot. ‎ ‎  We'd better ____ ____ there on foot. ‎ ‎16.There will be an English film this week. ‎ ‎  There ____ be an English film this week. ‎ ‎17.They are having a good time in the park. ‎ ‎  They ____ having a good time in the park. ‎ ‎18.He has been to America twice, too. ‎ ‎  He ____ been to America twice, ____. ‎ ‎19.I can sing the Japanese song very well. ‎ ‎  I ____ sing the Japanese song very well. ‎ ‎20.I bought some books last week. ‎ ‎  I ____ ____ ____ __books last week. ‎ ‎21.She does morning exercises every day. ‎ ‎  She ____ ____ morning exercises every day. ‎ ‎22 .Call me at six tomorrow evening.‎ ‎   ____ call me at six tomorrow evening.‎ ‎23 .Let's get there by taxi. ‎ ‎  Let's ____ ____ there by taxi. ‎ ‎24 .You'd better write to her at once. You'd better ‎   ____ ____ to her at once.‎ ‎25.Both these books are useful. ‎ ‎   ____ book ____ useful. ‎ ‎26 .All of them are hard workers.‎ ‎   ____ of them is a hard worder. ‎ ‎27 .There's something wrong with my bike.‎ ‎  There's ____ wrong with my bike. ‎ ‎  There ____ ____ wrong with my bike.‎ ‎28 .There's somebody at the door.‎ ‎  There's ____ at the door.‎ ‎  There ____ ____ at the door. ‎ ‎  There's ____ ____ at the door. ‎ ‎29.She did some shopping yesterday.‎ ‎   She ____ ____ ____ shopping yesterday.‎ ‎30 .I think he'll be back in a minute.‎ ‎  I ____ think he ____ be back in a minute.‎ Ⅲ.将下列各句变成一般疑问句:‎ ‎1 .Everybody is in the classroom. ‎ ‎  ____ ____ in the classroom? ‎ ‎2.She's never helped others. ‎ ‎   ____ ____ never helped others? ‎ ‎3 .The boy does some housework at home. ‎ ‎   ____ the boy ____ ____ housework at home? ‎ ‎4.The children had a good time in the park. ‎ ‎   ____ the children ____ a good time in the park? ‎ ‎5 .Jim has some story -books. ‎ ‎   ____ Jim ____ story -books? ____ Jim ____ storybooks? ‎ ‎6.Jo read today's newspaper. ‎ ‎   ____ Jo ____ today's newspaper? ‎ ‎7.Mr Hunt told us something important at the meeting. ‎ ‎   ____ Mr Hunt tell you ____ important at the meeting? ‎ ‎8 .The plane has already landed. ‎ ‎   ____ the plane landed ____ ? ‎ ‎9 .The old man often does morning exercises. ‎ ‎   ____ the old man often ____ morning exercises? ‎ ‎10.They'll meet you at the station. ‎ ‎   ____ they ____ you at the station? ‎ ‎11.We're from the United States. ‎ ‎   ____ ____ from the United States? ‎ ‎12 .They have an expensive DVD. ‎ ‎   ____ ____ an expensive DVD? ____ ____ -an expensive DVD? ‎ ‎13.The building was built many years ago. ‎ ‎   ____ the building ____ many years ago? ‎ ‎14 .He has already gone to England. ‎ ‎   ____ he ____ to England ____ ? ‎ ‎15.I must finish my homework before eight o'clock. ‎ ‎   ____ you ____ your homework before eight o'clock? ‎ ‎16 .He often goes to the library. ‎ ‎   ____ he often ____ to the library? ‎ ‎17 .They have a class meeting every other week. ‎ ‎   ____ they ____ a class meeting every other week? ‎ ‎18 .They made the machines themselves. ‎ ‎   ____ they ____ the machines themselves? ‎ Ⅳ .完成下列反意疑问句:‎ ‎1.It's cold, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎2.Lucy goes to school by bike, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎3.The boy has a dog, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎4.The Kangs had to wait for you for long, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎5.He can read the book in the room, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎6.Mrs Brown said nothing at the meeting, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎7 .Few people hate flowers. ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎8 .There's some sugar in the box , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎9.Nobody saw the film, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎10 .Jim must be here on time , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎11.Allan nearly cut her hand, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎12.You may use his eraser, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎13.Try on the shoes, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎14.Let's sing an English song together, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎15 .Let me have a try , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎16.I'm sure you're wrong, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎17.They'll be on duty next Monday, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎18.We'd better help her, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎19.Everything has been finished, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎20.He needs our help, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎21 .There's a police car over there , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎22 .He said Mary could made the model plane , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎23 .He told us to do that but we don't know why , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎24 .She won't go to bed until she finishes her work , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎25.Somebody called me at four yesterday afternoon, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎26 .No one could answer the question , ____ ____ ?‎ ‎27 .Everything is OK , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎28.We have never heard of that before, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎29.She can hardly believe her eyes, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎30.There's little milk in the glass, ____ ____ ?‎ ‎31 .He is too excited to speak , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎32.Don't play football in the street, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎33.Everything has been finished, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎34.He did right , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎35.You'd better have a good rest, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎36.Neither he nor I am right, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎37.I think he can do it, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎38.Some of us are good at English, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎39 .Some of them are Young Pioneers , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎40 .None of the bread was bad , ____ ____ ?‎ ‎41 .None of us knew the way , ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎42.You'd like some tea, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎43 .She's read a lot , ____ ____ ?‎ ‎44.She's reading the newspaper, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎45.Everything is all right, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎46.Everbody is here, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎47.She is unhappy, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎48.There are few books in his bag, ____ ____ ? ‎ ‎49.I have never been to Beijing, ____ ____ ?‎ ‎50 .there is nothing in the glass , ____ ____ ?‎ Ⅴ.用 what或 how填空,使其变成感叹句。‎ ‎1 .The TV play is interesting. ‎ ‎   ____ interesting the TV play is! ‎ ‎2.We've read the nice book. ‎ ‎   ____ nice book we've read! ‎ ‎3 .You bought cheap potatoes. ‎ ‎   ____ cheap potatoes you bought! ‎ ‎4.It's a very expensive coat. ‎ ‎   ____ expensive the coat is! ‎ ‎5.The TV play is very interesting. ‎ ‎   ____ interesting TV play it is! ‎ ‎6 .We've read the nice book. ‎ ‎   ____ nice book we've read! ‎ ‎7.It's a very expensive coat. ‎ ‎   ____ expensive the coatis! ‎ ‎8 .You bought cheap tomatoes. ‎ ‎   ____ cheap tomatoes. ‎ ‎9 .He works hard. ‎ ‎   ____ hard he works ! ‎ ‎10.The weather was bad yesterday. ‎ ‎   ____ bad weather it was yesterday! ‎ ‎11.It's a beautiful city. ‎ ‎   ____ beautiful city it is! ‎ ‎12.She's a clever girl. ‎ ‎   ____ clever the girl is! ‎ ‎13 .It's an interesting film. ‎ ‎   ____ interesting the film is ! ‎ ‎14.The boy is running very fast. ‎ ‎   ____ fast the boy is runing ! ‎ Ⅵ.把下列各句变为另一种形式: ‎ ‎1.What good news it is ! ‎ ‎   ____ good the news is ! ‎ ‎2.What a lovely day ! ‎ ‎   ____ lovely the day is! ‎ ‎3 .How interesting the stories are ! ‎ ‎   ____ interesting stories they are ! ‎ ‎4.How sunny it is today! ‎ ‎   ____ sunny day it is! ‎ ‎5.The workers are working hard. ‎ ‎   ____ hard the workers are working!‎ ‎6 .He runs very fast. ‎ ‎   ____ fast he runs!  ‎ 参考答案 Ⅰ.‎ ‎1.D.因为句中的hardly有否定含义(几乎不),故附加部分用肯定形式。‎ ‎2.C.Let's…句型的附加部分用 shall we. ‎ ‎3.A ‎4.D.never是否定词,故附加部分用肯定形式。‎ ‎5.B.little具有否定含义,故附加部分应用肯定形式。‎ ‎6.D.have(has)to的附加疑问形式用助动词do的适当形式。had better的附加疑问形式用“had/hadn't+主语”。‎ ‎7.A.在由动词原形构成的祈使句中,如果主句谓语是肯定形式,附加部分可用“will或won't加主语”,如果主句谓语是否定形式,附加部分只能用“will+主语”。‎ ‎8.A.在感叹句中,how修饰形容词或副词,what修饰名词。‎ ‎9.B.句中需强调的是形容词(beautiful),固用how。‎ ‎10.C.句中强调的中心词是名词(weather),故用what,又因weather是不可数名词,故不能选 B项的 what a。‎ ‎11.A.Yes/No答语前后的肯、否定语气应一致。‎ ‎12.A.Here you are. 给你。‎ ‎13.B.or否则。‎ ‎14.B.so是副词,起连接作用,意为“因此,于是”。‎ ‎15.C.前后两个分句是按因果关系顺接下来的,故应用and接it,因为前一分句是否定句,省略it则易产生语义分歧。‎ ‎16.B.前后语气发生“转折”,故用but。‎ ‎17.D.Let's祈使句的附加部分用Shall we。‎ ‎18.B.How many times是问次数,have been to是指“去过某处”,句中疑问词与谓语动词的衔接表示非延续的动作,故不能和 How long或 since when连用。‎ Ⅱ.‎ ‎1.isn't ‎2.doesn't walk ‎3.hasn't any.疑问句中用some,疑问句和否定句中用 any.‎ ‎4.don't have.have(has?)作“有”讲时,变疑问句时可将其移到主语前面,也可变为 Do (Does) +主语+ have…?变否定句时可在其后直接加 not,或“don't(doesn't) have”。但如果have作行为动词,则只能加助动词do的各种形式,而不能象连系动词be那么变了。‎ ‎5.didn't do.didn't为助动词, do为实意动词。‎ ‎6.wasn't done 7.isn't any ‎8.haven't, yet。在肯定句中用already,疑问句和否定句中用yet。‎ ‎9.can, nothing/can't, anything.You can see nothing in the room.和 You can't see ‎ anything in the room.同义。‎ ‎10.Neither,is.用Both,aren't则构成“部分否定”,意为“并不是他们俩都在工作”。‎ ‎11.don't.此句是“转移否定”。转移否定中主句谓语动词除用think外,还可用suppose,believe,guess等,且主语用I(we),谓语动词用一般现在时态。‎ ‎12.Nothing.如果在is后加 not,也构成“部分否定”,意为“并不是一切都准备好了”。‎ ‎13.never.always 的反义词是never 。‎ ‎14.Don't.祈使句的否定形式两类:以动词原形开头的祈使句的否定式在句首加 Don't;以 let's开头的祈使句的否定式在 let's后加 not,再加动词原形。‎ ‎15.not go                       16.won't                17.aren't ‎18.hasn't, either           19.can't ‎20.didn't buy any            21.doesn't do ‎22.Don't                        23.not get              ‎ ‎24.not write                   25.Neither, is ‎26.None ‎27.nothing ;isn't anything ‎ ‎28.nobody;isn't anyone (anybody);no one ‎ ‎29.didn't do any 30.don't will ‎ Ⅲ、‎ ‎1.Is everybody ‎2.Has she ‎3.Does, do any ‎4.Did,have.have在此句中是行为动词,故疑问句不能将其提前。‎ ‎5.Has,any;Does,have any ‎6.Did,read.注意原句中的read是过去时。‎ ‎7.Did,anything.something用于肯定句,anything用于疑问句和否定句。‎ ‎8.Has,yet ‎9.Does,do.注意Does是助动词, do是实意动词。‎ ‎10.will,meet ‎11.Are you.陈述句的主语是第一人称I或 we变为疑问句时,一般都变为第二人称you。‎ ‎12.Have;they Do they have ‎13.Was,built ‎14.Has, gone, yet.陈述句中用 already,疑问句和否定句中用yet.‎ ‎15.Must,finish ‎16.Does,go ‎17.Do,have.have在此句中作行为动词。‎ ‎18.Did make Ⅳ.‎ ‎1.isn't it ‎2.doesn't she ‎3.hasn't he /doesn't he ‎4.didn't they ‎5.can't he ‎6.did she ‎7.do they.注意主语中有否定词 few.‎ ‎8.isn't there ‎9.did he ‎10.isn't he.must表猜测,意为“一定”。‎ ‎11.didn't he.注意nearly没有否定含义。‎ ‎12.mustn't you ‎13.will you/won't you ‎14.shall we 15.Sall I 16.aren't you ‎17.won't they 18.hadn't we 19.hasn't it ‎20.doesn't he.注意此句中的need的是实意动词。‎ ‎21.isn't there ‎22.didn't he.主语谓语动词是think,believe等动词时,其附加问句部分的谓语动词要与从句谓语动词一致,但其它的动词还是要和主句谓语动词一致。‎ ‎23.do we.并列句的附加部分的谓语形式要与第二个分句的谓语形式一致。‎ ‎24.will she.同22小题。‎ ‎25.didn't he/they.somebody (someone),anyone等复合不定代词作主语的附加问句部分的主语可用he,也可用they。‎ ‎26.could he/they.no one作主语时。附加问句部分的主语用he或they都可,谓语动词应用肯定形式。‎ ‎27.isn't it ‎28.have we.never是否定词,故附加部分用肯定形式。‎ ‎29.can she.hardly是否定词。‎ ‎30.is there.little是半否定词,附加部分也应用肯定形式。‎ ‎31.is he. too…to有否定含义,故附加部分应用肯定形式。‎ ‎32.will you.Don't开头的祈使句的附加部分用 will you。‎ ‎33.hasn't it 34.didn't he ‎35.hadn't you ‎36.aren't I。 neither…or…连接并列王语时,附加部分的主语和谓语形式应与nor后面的主语相对应。am的否定的缩略句形式用aren't。‎ ‎37.can't he ‎38.aren't we ‎39.aren't they ‎40.was it.none是否定词, bread属不可数名词。‎ ‎41.did we                         42.will you ‎43.hasn't she                    44.isn't she ‎45.isn't it                          46.isn't he/ aren't they ‎47.is she.带否定前缀的词做主语,谓语、表语和宾语等成分时,句子仍视为肯定句,故附加部分用否定形式。‎ ‎48.are there.few是半否定词。‎ ‎49.have I.never是否定词。‎ ‎50.is there.nothing是否定词。‎ Ⅴ.‎ ‎1.How                             2.What a ‎3.What                            4.How ‎5.What an.TV play是单数可数名词,故应在interesting前加不定冠词an.‎ ‎6.What a.book是单数可数名词。‎ ‎7.How ‎8.What ‎9.How ‎10.What ‎11.What a ‎12.How ‎13.How 14.HowⅥ.1.How ‎2.How ‎3.What ‎4.What a ‎5.How ‎6.How ‎ 十一、特殊疑问句 Ⅰ.选择填空 ‎1.---- ____ did you buy the new bag? ‎ ‎  ----Last Monday. ‎ ‎ A.Where ‎ B.How ‎ C.When ‎ D.Who ‎2.---- ____ bag is this? ‎ ‎  ----It's mine. ‎ ‎ A.What ‎ B.Who ‎ C.Who's ‎ D.Whose ‎ ‎3.---- ____ will the rainy season last? ‎ ‎  ----About a month. ‎ ‎ A.How long ‎ B.How often ‎ C.How soon ‎ D.How much ‎ ‎4.---- ____ do you watch TV? ‎ ‎  ----Once a week. ‎ ‎ A.How long ‎ B.How soon ‎ C.How often ‎ D.How much ‎ ‎5.---- ____ does he go to see Uncle Wang? ‎ ‎  ----Twice a month, I think. ‎ ‎ A.How long ‎ B.How many ‎ C.How soon ‎ D.How often ‎ ‎6.Could you tell me ____ you were late for the meeting this morning? ‎ ‎ A.where ‎ B.why ‎ C.when ‎ ‎7.“ ____ and ____ are we going to have the meeting?” ‎ ‎  “At half past eight in our school . ” ‎ ‎ A.What; where ‎ B .When; how ‎ ‎ C.Who; where ‎ D .When; where ‎ Ⅱ、就划线部分提问 ‎1 .Miss Chen teaches Chinese in a middle school. ‎ ‎2 .Li Lei is a student. ‎ ‎3 .The book cost me 23 yuan. ‎ ‎4 .He writes to his friend three times a month. ‎ ‎5 .We write words with our hands. ‎ ‎6 .He has three pens. ‎ ‎7 .His father is 78 years old. ‎ ‎8.He can't ride a bike because he's too young. ‎ ‎9.I like the black cat best of all. ‎ ‎10.It's about 5 kilometres away from here to the People's Hospital. ‎ ‎11.Lucy and Lily are in Grade Two. ‎ ‎14.He often goes to school by bike. ‎ ‎15.It's Sunday today. ‎ ‎16.His name is Liu Hai. ‎ ‎17 .It's 8∶30. ‎ ‎18.It will be cloudy tomorrow ‎ ‎19.John will be back in an hour. ‎ ‎20 .I have got a bad cold. ‎ Ⅲ、就斜体部分提问,在空白处填上适当的词,每空一词。‎ ‎1 .They're talking with our English teacher. ‎ ‎  With ____ ____ they talking? ‎ ‎2 .My penfriend lives in Canada. ‎ ‎   ____ ____ your penfriend ____ ? ‎ ‎3 .Yang Guomei is on duty today. ‎ ‎   ____ is on duty today? ‎ ‎4 .Kate's bike is green. ‎ ‎   ____ ____ is Kate's bike? ‎ ‎5 .Sam will help his aunt during the. surmmer holiday.‎ ‎   ____ ____ Sam help his aunt? ‎ ‎6 .The first class begins at eight. ‎ ‎   ____ ____ ____ the first class ____ ? ‎ ‎7 .We shall borrow a dictionary from the library.‎ ‎   ____ ____ you borrow from the library? ‎ ‎8 .The Whites have gone to London by air. ‎ ‎   ____ ____ the Whites gone to London? ‎ ‎9 .The watch cost about Three hundred and fifty yuan. ‎ ‎  ____ ____ ____ the watch cost? ‎ ‎10.The woman by the shop is our headteacher.‎ ‎   ____ woman is your headteacher? ‎ ‎11.Three and four is seven. ‎ ‎   ____ is three and four? ‎ ‎12.She must take the medicine three times a day.‎ ‎   ____ ____ ____ she take the medicine? ‎ ‎13.The sports meeting will begin next Wednesday.‎ ‎   ____ ____ the sports meeting begin? ‎ ‎14.I've lost Lily's pen. ‎ ‎   ____ ____ ____ you lost? ‎ ‎15.Mr Black said he would play football that afternoon.‎ ‎   ____ ____ Mr Black say? ‎ ‎16 .Bruce was late because he forgot it. ‎ ‎   ____ ____ Bruce late? ‎ ‎17 .Miss Fu bought five books. ‎ ‎   ____ ____ ____ did Miss Fu ____ ? ‎ ‎18.The city is nearly three thousand kilometres away.‎ ‎   ____ ____ is the city? ‎ ‎19.His brother has been in the league for half a year ‎ ‎  ____ ____ ____ his brother been in the league? ‎ ‎20 .It was June 20 , 1983 that day. ‎ ‎  ____ ____ ____ _ ____ that day? ‎ ‎21 .Peter writes the most carefully of the three.‎ ‎   ____ writes the most carefully of the three? ‎ ‎22.Bill's kite is in that tall tree. ‎ ‎   ____ kite is in that tall tree? ‎ ‎23.My grandma is a doctor. ‎ ‎   ____ is ____ grandma? ‎ ‎24 .I play football with my classmates every afternoon.‎ ‎   ____ ____ you ____ with your classmates every afternoon? ‎ ‎25.It was June 21 the day before yesterday. ‎ ‎   ____ was ____ ____ the day before yesterday? ‎ ‎26 .It's raining heavily today. ‎ ‎   ____ the weather ____ today? ‎ ‎27 .My blouse is black and white. ‎ ‎   ____ ____ is your blouse? ‎ ‎28 .It's a quarter to ten now? ‎ ‎   ____ ____ is it now? ‎ ‎29 .He walks like an old man. ‎ ‎   ____ does he walk ____ ? ‎ ‎30.My mother is very well. ‎ ‎   ____ is your mother? ‎ ‎31 .Mr Read went to Australia by air. ‎ ‎   ____ ____ Mr Read ____ to Australia? ‎ ‎32.There're 1 , 000 students in our school. ‎ ‎   ____ ____ students are there in your school? ‎ ‎33 .There's a little tea in the cup. ‎ ‎   ____ ____ tea is there in the cup? ‎ ‎34.The apple is four yuan a kilo. ‎ ‎   ____ ____ is the apple? ‎ ‎35 .It's one hundred metres from here to the factory.‎ ‎   ____ ____ is it from here to the factory? ‎ ‎36 .I have studied English for five years. ‎ ‎   ____ ____ have you studied English? ‎ ‎37 .I began to work in the hospital when I was eighteen.‎ ‎   ____ ____ you begin to work in the hospital? ‎ ‎38 .He didn't go to the park because he was ill in bed.‎ ‎   ____ didn't he go to the park? ‎ ‎39 .Miss Li lives in the city of Baoji. ‎ ‎   ____ ____ Miss Li live? ‎ ‎40 .The one on the left is hers. ‎ ‎   ____ ____ is hers?  ‎ 参考答案 Ⅰ.‎ ‎1.C.根据答语 Last Monday,可知应用疑问词 When。‎ ‎2.D.根据答语中的mine,可知疑问词应用whose。‎ ‎3.A.根据答语 about a month可知疑问词应用 how long。‎ ‎4.C.根据答语 Once a week可知。‎ ‎5.D.同上。‎ ‎6.B 7.因为答语既说了时间,又说了地点,故用 when and where。‎ Ⅱ.‎ ‎1.Where dose Miss Chen teach Chinese? ‎ ‎2.What is Li Lei, “What is(sb. )?”是一个问某人职业的句型,问某人职业还可用 What do(dose) sb. do?或 What's one's job?等。‎ ‎3.How much did the book cost you? 注意原句 cost是过去时。‎ ‎4.How often does he write to his friend? ‎ ‎5.How do we write words? ‎ ‎6.How many pens has he?/How many pens does he have? ‎ ‎7.How old is his father? ‎ ‎8.Why can't he ride a bike? ‎ ‎9.Which cat do you like best? ‎ ‎10.How far is it from here to the People's Hospital? ‎ ‎11.What grade are Lucy and Lily in?如果将 Two划线, 则应用 Which grade 提问。‎ ‎12.Who often tells the boys about his stories? ‎ Who(Whom) does the old man often tell about his stories? ‎ What does the old man often tell the boys? ‎ ‎13.Whose coat is black? ‎ What colour is Han Meimei's coat? ‎ ‎14.How does he often go to school? ‎ ‎15.What day(of the week) is it today? ‎ ‎16.What is his name? ‎ ‎17.What time is it? ‎ ‎18.What will the weather be like tomormw?如果问“今天天气怎么样?”应说What's the weather like today?如问昨天的天气应说 What was the weather like yesterday? ‎ ‎19.How soon will John be back? ‎ ‎20.What's wrong with you? ‎ Ⅲ.‎ ‎1.whom are. 此种以介词开头的特殊疑问较为正式,此句也可改为: Who (Whom)are they talking with? ‎ ‎2.Where does, live ‎ ‎3.Who ‎ ‎4.What colour ‎ ‎5.When will ‎ ‎6.What time doos, begin ‎ ‎7.What will ‎ ‎8.How have ‎ ‎9.How much did ‎ ‎10.Which ‎ ‎11.What。问数学计算结果也可用 How much,但因此题只有一个空,所以只能填what. ‎ ‎12.How often must ‎ ‎13.When will ‎ ‎14.Whose pen have ‎ ‎15.What did ‎ ‎16.Why was ‎ ‎17.How many books, buy ‎ ‎18.How far. 问距离用 how far, 问某物的长度用 how long. 如: How long is the yellow River?how long还可问时间长度。‎ ‎19.How long has                         20.What was the date ‎ ‎21.Who                                     22.Whose ‎ ‎23.What, your                            24.What do, do ‎ ‎25.What, the date                        26.What's like ‎ ‎27.What colour                           28.What time ‎ ‎29.What, like                              30.How ‎ ‎31.How did, go                           32.How many ‎ ‎33.How much                            34.How much ‎ ‎35.How far                                36.How long ‎ ‎37.When did                               38.Why ‎ ‎39.Where does                           40.Which one  ‎ 十、情态动词 Ⅰ.选择填空 ‎1.This key ____ be Peter's. His is still in the lock. ‎ ‎ A.may not ‎ B.can' t ‎ ‎ C.mustn't ‎ D.needn't ‎ ‎2.It's cold outside. You'd better ____ your coal. ‎ ‎ A.not to take off ‎ B.not take off ‎ ‎ C.to not take off ‎ D.don't take off ‎ ‎3.---- ____ I take the newspaper away? ‎ ‎  ----No, you mustn't. You ____ read it only here. ‎ ‎ A.Must; can ‎ B.May; can ‎ ‎ C.Need; must ‎ D.Must; must ‎ ‎4.---- ____ you like some more tea, sir? ‎ ‎  ----No, thanks. ‎ ‎ A.Would ‎ B.May ‎ ‎ C.Must ‎ D.Shall ‎ ‎5.----May I go now? ‎ ‎  ----No, you ____ . You ____ stay here. ‎ ‎ A.needn't; has to ‎ B.mustn't; have to ‎ ‎ C.can't; must ‎ D.needn't; must ‎ ‎6.----Must I write all the words down now? ‎ ‎  ----No, you ____ . ‎ ‎ A.mustn't ‎ B.can't ‎ ‎ C.won't ‎ D.needn't ‎ ‎7.----May I go out and play basketball now? ‎ ‎  ----No, you ____ finish your homework first. ‎ ‎ A.must ‎ B.can ‎ ‎ C.may ‎ D.need ‎ ‎8.You ____ worry about your son. He will get well soon. ‎ ‎ A.needn't ‎ B.can't ‎ ‎ C.mustn't ‎ ‎9.---- ____ I come in, Mr Green? ‎ ‎  ----Yes, come in, please. ‎ ‎ A.Must ‎ B.May ‎ ‎ C.Will ‎ D.Need ‎ ‎10.He isn't in the school. I think he ____ be ill. ‎ ‎ A.can ‎ B.shall ‎ C.must ‎11.“Must I come here before eight o'clock?”“No, you ____ .”‎ ‎ A.can't ‎ B.couldn't ‎ C.mustn't ‎ D.needn't ‎ ‎12.I haven't brought my dictionary with me. ____ I use yours? ‎ ‎ A.Must ‎ B.Shall ‎ C.May ‎ D.Need ‎ ‎13.----You can't swim, can you? ‎ ‎  ----____.‎ ‎ A.Yes, I can't ‎ B.No, I can't ‎ C.Yes, you can ‎ D.No, I can ‎ ‎14.He can hardly see anything, ____ ? ‎ ‎ A.can't he ‎ B.could he ‎ ‎ C.can he ‎ D.couldn't he ‎ ‎15.____ to have your lunch with me this afternoon? ‎ ‎ A.Would you like ‎ B.If you like ‎ ‎ C.Did you like ‎ D.Are you like ‎16.----Will you come to see the film with me? ‎ ‎  ----____.‎ ‎ A.No, I don't ‎ B.sorry, I can't ‎ ‎ C.Yes, I am ‎ D.Yes, I wasn't ‎ ‎17.----I ____ keep the book a little longer? ‎ ‎  ----Yes, you can. ‎ ‎ A.Must ‎ B.Need ‎ C.Can ‎ D.Should ‎ ‎18.---- ____ I watch TV this evening, Mum? ‎ ‎  ----Yes, you ____ . ‎ ‎ A.May; may ‎ B.must; can ‎ ‎ C.Must; may ‎ D.Need; need ‎ ‎19.Mike must work harder at his lessons, ____ ? ‎ ‎ A.needn't he ‎ B.mustn't he ‎ ‎ C.doesn't he ‎ D.isn't he ‎ ‎20.----May I go now? ‎ ‎  ----No, you ____ , You ____ stay here. ‎ ‎ A.needn't; here to ‎ B.needn't must ‎ C.mustn't; have to ‎ D.needn't; has do ‎ ‎21.Tom ____ it if he doesn't want to. ‎ ‎ A.doesn't need to ‎ B.need not to do ‎ ‎ C.needs not to do ‎ D.need not do ‎ ‎22.Put on more clothes. You ____ be feeling cold with only a shirt on. ‎ ‎ A.can ‎ B.could ‎ ‎ C.would ‎ D.must ‎ ‎23.----May I keep the book for two weeks? ‎ ‎  ----No, you ____ . ‎ ‎ A.can't ‎ B.may not ‎ ‎ C.mustn't ‎ D.might not ‎ ‎24.____ take the man upstairs? ‎ ‎ A.Had I better not ‎ B.Had I not better ‎ ‎ C.Hadn't I better to ‎ D.Did I have better not ‎ ‎25.----Must I return the book this morning? ‎ ‎  ----No, you ____ . But you ____ return it before supper. ‎ ‎ A.needn't, must ‎ B.mustn't, can ‎ C.mustn't may ‎ D.can't. need ‎ ‎26.---- ____ I get up at five o'clock tomorrow morning? ‎ ‎  ----No, you ____ . ‎ ‎ A.Must, can't ‎ B.Can't, can ‎ C.Must, needn't ‎ D.Must, shouldn't ‎ ‎27.It's quite early. We ____ worry about the time. ‎ ‎ A.mustn't ‎ B.may not ‎ ‎ C.needn't ‎ D.can't ‎ ‎28.----May I go swimming now? ‎ ‎  ----No, you ____ . ‎ ‎ A.mustn't ‎ B.may not ‎ ‎ C.couldn't ‎ D.needn't ‎ ‎29.The traffic ____ stop when the lights are red. ‎ ‎ A.must ‎ B.mustn't ‎ ‎ C.may ‎ D.can't ‎ ‎30.You ____ never play in the street. It's not safe. ‎ ‎ A.can ‎ B.may ‎ C.must ‎ D.need  ‎ 参考答案 ‎1.B.can't在此表示“不可能”。 may not表示“不可以”,mustn't表示“不准”, needn't表示“不必”。‎ ‎2.B.此题考查 had better的用法。 had better后接动词原形,表示“最好(做)……”, had better的否定形式是“had better not+动词原形”。 take off作“脱下(衣物)”讲。‎ ‎3.B.may和can在疑问句和陈述句中都可表示“许可”。‎ ‎4.A.Would you like? 表示委婉的邀请或征询意见。 B、 C、 D 三个选项中的助动词不能与like搭配。‎ ‎5.C.A项的两个各选内容却不对。B项的错误是第一句虽然可用 mustn't,但第二空不能用 have to(表客观需要)。‎ ‎6.D.‎ ‎7.A.B方先说“不行(No),后面就是“命令式的言辞,(must),而不是说“可以(may)”做什么了。‎ ‎8.A.后一句说“他很快就康复了”,还可推测出前一句应是“不必着急。”‎ ‎9.B.在一般词句中用May表示“请求”。‎ ‎10.C.must 是此处表示猜测,意为“一定是……”。‎ ‎11.D.must的古定回答用 needn't。‎ ‎12.C ‎13.B.在用Yes/No的答语中,前后的肯、否定形式必须一致。‎ ‎14.C             15.A             16.B           17.C ‎ ‎18.A.may开头的问句的肯定答语仍用 may. ‎ ‎19.A.主句中的must表“必须”,故附加部分用needn't。‎ ‎20.C ‎21.D.注意 need做情态动词可用于疑问和否定句,其构成分别为 Need sb. (do)…?和 sb. needn't(do)… need无人称变化。做实意动词时,构成Do(Does) sb. need to (do)…?和sb. don't(doesn't)need to(do)… ‎ ‎22.D.“must+be+动词-ing形式”是情态动词的现在进行时形式,意为“现在一定(正在)……”。‎ ‎23.C.‎ ‎24.A.had better的疑问句是把 had放到主语之前,否定句是在better后加not。‎ ‎25.A.needn't(不必)与must(必须)相对应。‎ ‎26.C.道理同上题。‎ ‎27.C.根据前一句提示可知。‎ ‎28.A                         29.‎ A                             30.C ‎ Liu Ying told me ____ of her at home. ‎ ‎ A.to wait ‎ B.wait ‎ ‎ C.waits ‎ D.waiting ‎ ‎2.Mr Zhang often teaches his Japanese friends ____ Chinese food. ‎ ‎ A.cook ‎ B.cooks ‎ C.cooked ‎ D.to cook ‎ ‎3.Jim wanted me ____ him up at ten o'clock. ‎ ‎ A.ring ‎ B.rings ‎ C.to ring ‎ D.rang ‎ ‎4.The boy enjoys ____ the radio in the morning. ‎ ‎ A.listening ‎ B.listening to ‎ ‎ C.listen to ‎ D.to listen ‎5.It's very nice ____ you to ____ me about it. ‎ ‎ A.for; tell ‎ B.of; say ‎ ‎ C.to; speak ‎ D.of; tell ‎ ‎6.They stopped ____ ,but there was no more sound at all. ‎ ‎ A.to listen ‎ B.to hear ‎ ‎ C.listening ‎ D.to listen to ‎ ‎7.She said that she felt someone ____ in the room. ‎ ‎ A.to smoke ‎ B.smokes ‎ ‎ C.smoked ‎ D.smoking ‎ ‎8.I saw him ____ basketball with Jack an hour ago. ‎ ‎ A.plays ‎ B.to play ‎ C.played ‎ D.play ‎ ‎9.We kept ____ the ball to each other, and they began to get angry. ‎ ‎ A.to pass ‎ B.passing ‎ ‎ C.pass ‎ D.past ‎ ‎10.It's time for supper now. Let's ____ it. ‎ ‎ A.stop to have ‎ B.stop having ‎ ‎ C.to stop to have ‎ D.stopping to have ‎ ‎11.One day when Edison was five years old, his father saw him ____ on some eggs. ‎ ‎ A.siting ‎ B.sitted ‎ ‎ C.sitting ‎ D.sat ‎ ‎12.Everybody is busy ____ ready for Christmas and buy Chiristmas presents. ‎ ‎ A.get ‎ B.getting ‎ ‎ C.to get ‎ D.got ‎ ‎13.She was often heard ____. ‎ ‎ A.sing ‎ B.singing ‎ ‎ C.sung ‎ D.to sing ‎ ‎14.Our teachers told us ____ hard. ‎ ‎ A.to work ‎ B.working ‎ ‎ C.worked ‎ D.work ‎ ‎15.Could you tell me ____ this word? ‎ ‎ A.to how read ‎ B.how to read ‎ ‎ C.how read ‎ D.how read to ‎ ‎16.I don't know ____ .‎ ‎ A.when start ‎ B.when to start ‎ ‎ C.to how start ‎ D.how start ‎ ‎17.Please give me a pen ____ . ‎ ‎ A.to write ‎ B.writing ‎ ‎ C.to write with ‎ D.written ‎ ‎18.He went home ____ some books. ‎ ‎ A.got ‎ B.getting ‎ ‎ C.get ‎ D.to get ‎ ‎19.Remember ____ late for class again. ‎ ‎ A.not to ‎ B.not to be C.to be not ‎ D.be not to ‎ ‎20.Mr Smith asked the man ____ the queue. ‎ ‎ A.not jump ‎ B.didn't jump ‎ ‎ C.not to jump ‎ D.to not jump ‎ ‎21.Father promised(答应) ____ _a new pair of glasses for me. ‎ ‎ A.buy ‎ B.bought ‎ ‎ C.to buy ‎ D.buying ‎ ‎22.The policeman asked the boys ____ there. ‎ ‎ A.don't stay ‎ B.didn't stay ‎ ‎ C.not to stay ‎ D.to never stay ‎23.It's very difficult ____ the old woman ____ skate. ‎ ‎ A.of; do ‎ B.to; make ‎ C.for; to ‎ D.by; on ‎ ‎24.Mr Brown was ____ for half an hour before dinner. ‎ ‎ A.too tired to lay down ‎ B.very tired so he lain down ‎ ‎ C.enough tired to lie down ‎ D.so tired that he lay down ‎ ‎25.Grandma couldn't keep up with me and I had to stop ____ her. ‎ ‎ A.to wait for ‎ B.waiting for ‎ ‎ C.to waiting ‎ D.waited ‎ ‎26.Please give me some paper ____ . ‎ ‎ A.to write ‎ B.to write on ‎ C.to write in ‎ D.write with it ‎ ‎27.____ English well is not easy. ‎ ‎ A.To learning ‎ B.To learn ‎ ‎ C.Learn ‎ D.For learning ‎ ‎28.His wife is all right again. He has nothing ____. ‎ ‎ A.worry about ‎ B.worried about ‎ ‎ C.to worry about ‎ D.worring about ‎ ‎29.When he was a child, he tried to find ways ____ people ____ life more. ‎ ‎ A.to help; enjoy ‎ B.help; to enjoy ‎ ‎ C.help; enjoying ‎ D.to be helped; to enjoy ‎ ‎30.Zhou Hua was the ____ the classroom. ‎ ‎ A.second to leave ‎ B.second leaving ‎ ‎ C.two to leave ‎ D.second leave ‎ ‎31.----Would you like ____  with me? ‎ ‎  ----Yes, I'd ____ . ‎ ‎ A.to come; love to ‎ B.come; love to ‎ ‎ C.to come; love ‎ D.come; love ‎ ‎32.“How fine it is ____ hands like a man!” said the monkey. ‎ ‎ A.have ‎ B.has ‎ ‎ C.had ‎ D.to have ‎ ‎33.I have got no time ____  to your excuse. ‎ ‎ A.to listen ‎ B.listen ‎ ‎ C.listening ‎ D.to hear ‎ ‎34.----I didn't hear you come in last night. ‎ ‎  ----That's good .We tried ____ any noise. ‎ ‎ A.not make ‎ B.not making ‎ ‎ C.to make not ‎ D.not to make ‎ ‎35.Joan seems ____ study Japanese. ‎ ‎ A.likes ‎ B.to like to ‎ ‎ C.liking to ‎ D.that she like ‎ ‎36.She saw Bruce smiling and it made her ____ _ better. ‎ ‎ A.to feel ‎ B.feeling ‎ ‎ C.feels ‎ D.feel ‎37.Do you know ____ cakes? ‎ ‎ A.to how do ‎ B.how to do ‎ C.to how make ‎ D.how to make ‎38.It takes us a lot of time ____ the dirty house. ‎ ‎ A.clean ‎ B.cleaned ‎ ‎ C.cleaning ‎ D.to clean ‎ ‎39.We have worked so hard all the morning. Let's ____ a rest. ‎ ‎ A.taking ‎ B.to take ‎ ‎ C.take ‎ D.took ‎40.Do you feel well enough ____ of classes? ‎ ‎ A.have ‎ B.to have ‎ ‎ C.having ‎ D.had ‎ ‎41.They agreed ____ me some money. ‎ ‎ A.to borrow ‎ B.to lend ‎ ‎ C.borrowing ‎ D.lending ‎ ‎42.It's our turn ____ the classroom today. ‎ ‎ A.cleaning ‎ B.when we clean ‎ C.that we clean ‎ D.to clean ‎43.I'm sorry I forgot ____ your English textbook. ‎ ‎ A.to bring ‎ B.bringing ‎ ‎ C.to take ‎ D.taking ‎ ‎44.Nothing could make her ____ . ‎ ‎ A.change her mind ‎ B.to change her mind ‎ ‎ C.changed mind ‎ D.changing her mind ‎ ‎45.Will you please let me ____ your new bike? ‎ ‎ A.have look at ‎ B.have a look ‎ C.to have a look at ‎ D.have a look at ‎46.The boy ____ Jack in Class One is my brother. ‎ ‎ A.call ‎ B.to be called ‎ ‎ C.calling ‎ D.called ‎47.It often takes me half an hour ____ home. ‎ ‎ A.walking ‎ B.to walk ‎ C.walked ‎ D.walks ‎ ‎48.Don't forget ____ her clean water every day. ‎ ‎ A.to give ‎ B.giving ‎ ‎ C.given ‎ D.give ‎ ‎49.I think it important ____ English well. ‎ ‎ A.learning ‎ B.learn ‎ ‎ C.to learn ‎ D.learned ‎ ‎50.The funny story made us ____ . ‎ ‎ A.laugh ‎ B.laughing ‎ ‎ C.to laugh ‎ D.laughed ‎ 参考答案 ‎1.A.动词tell后面接带to的不定式作宾补。类似的动词还有ask, want, order等。‎ ‎2.D.teach sb. to do.教某人做某事。注意其中的不定式也常用 how to do sth. 形式。‎ ‎3.C.见1小题。‎ ‎4.B.enjoy后接动名词作宾语。 A项错误是 listening后面少了to 。‎ ‎5.D.在“ It's +形容词+ for/of sb. to sth.”句型中,如果是good, bad, kind, nice, right, wrong, foolish等表示其逻辑主语,则应用of。如果形容词是difficult, easy, possible, important之类,修饰全句,而不仅是逻辑主语,则应用 for。试比较:‎ It is important for him to do that.他那么做是很重要的。‎ It's very foolish of him to do that.他那么做是很愚蠢的。‎ ‎6.A.后一分句说“没有任何声音”,暗示是“他停下来听(stopped to listen)”, 而不是“停止听 (listening)”。 B项的错误在于hear强调“听见”,而不强调“听”的动作本身。C项的listening,表示“停止听”。D是错项,listen后面不带宾语是不能加to。‎ ‎7.D.feel sb. doing sth.感觉到某人正在做某事。‎ ‎8.D.see sb. do sth.表示“看见某人做(过)某事”。此结构中用不带to的不定式表示该动作的全过程和完成。‎ ‎9.B.keep doing sth.表示“持续不断地做某事”。‎ ‎10.A.见6小题。‎ ‎11.C.see sb. doing sth.表示“看见某人正在做某事”。‎ ‎12.B.be busy doing sth.忙于做某事。‎ ‎13.D.see, hear, feel, make, let后接不带to的不定式做宾补,此种句型变为被动语态后,不定式符号不能省略。‎ 即: sb is seen(heard/felt/made/let) to do sth。‎ ‎14.A ‎15.B.注意“tell sb. how to do sth.”结构。‎ ‎16.B.know后面不可直接用to不定式作宾语,但可接“疑问词+ to不定式”结构。‎ ‎17.C.不定式作定语时如果与被修饰词之间有逻辑上的动宾关系,且该动词不定式是不及物动词时,应在动词后面加上一个适当的介词。如:a room to live in, a chair to a to sit on, a paper to write on等。 ‎ ‎18.D.不定式 to get作目的状语。‎ ‎19.B.remember to do 记住(将来)做某事,remember doing sth,记得(过去)曾做过某事。不定式的否定式在不定式前加“not”‎ ‎20.C.ask sb.(not) to do sth.叫某人(不要)做某事。‎ ‎21.C.promise to do sth.答应做某事。 promise后接不定式做宾语。‎ ‎22.C.ask sb. to do sth.请(让)某人做某事。不定式的否定形式是在 to前加not,即:ask sb. not to do sth. ‎ ‎23.C.for和of都可接名词或代词做不定式的逻辑主语。用for或of 取决于表语形容词。形容词若描述的是全句,则用for;若描述的是逻辑主语的特征、状态,则应用of。‎ ‎24.D.A项语法上能说得通,但语义、逻辑上说不通,人不可能“累得躺不下了”。B,C的表达都有问题。‎ ‎25.A.stop to wait表示停下来等……。如用 stop waiting则表示“停止等待,”与句意不符。‎ ‎26.B.“在纸上写字”应为write on paper,故 to write不定式修饰 paper后面要带 on,另外,write paper 也说不通,因write 在此作不及物动词。‎ ‎27.B.to learn English well是不定式短语作主语。另外,动名词也可作主语,此句主语也可用 learning English well作主语。‎ ‎28.C.to worry about作 nothing的定语,注意不要漏掉介词about。‎ ‎29.A.to help people也是不定式作定语,修饰 ways。 B、 C、 D 三项在结构形式上都有问题。‎ ‎30.A.序数词后面可接to不定式作定语,而不能用-ing形式。‎ ‎31.A.Would you like后接 to不定式,答语 I'd love to(或 I'd like to)是 to不定式的省略式。‎ ‎32.D.此句是感叹句, to have在句中作真正主语, it是形式主语。此句转化为陈述句应是: It is fine to have hands like a man.。‎ ‎33.A.have time to do sth.有时间做某事。 time后接 to不定式作定语,而不接ing形式。‎ ‎34.D.try(not) to do sth.设法/尽量(不)做某事。‎ ‎35.B.seem后可接to不定式做表语,因此A、C两项不行。seem后接 that从句时,主语一般用 it,即:“ It seems (seemed)that从句”。因此,D项也不行。‎ ‎36.D.make后接不带to的不定式(feel)作宾补。‎ ‎37.D.know可后接“疑问词+to不定式”做宾语。蛋糕有制作之意 ‎38.D.It takes sb. some time to do sth.某人做某事花了多长时间。‎ ‎39.C.let's句型中后接的动词原形式是不带to的不定式做宾补。‎ ‎40.B.“形容词或副词+ enough”后面接的 to不定式作结果状语。‎ ‎41.B.agree可后接to不定式作宾语,A项中的borrow是“借入”,故不能选。‎ ‎42.D.It is one's turn to do sth.该(轮到)某人做某事了。‎ ‎43.A.forget to do忘记做某事(没做)。 forget doing忘记曾做过某事。此句要表示的是忘了把英语书“拿来”,故不能选 C项的 to take。‎ ‎44.A.change her mind为不带 to的不定式做宾语。‎ ‎45.D.have a look at同上,也是不带 to的不定式或作宾语。注意用look后面要带宾语,故不能漏掉at。‎ ‎46.D.called Jack是过去分词短语作定语。‎ ‎47.B.注意“It takes sb. some time to do sth.”句型, It为形式主语,后面的to不定式做真正主语。‎ ‎48.A.forget to do sth.忘记做某事; forget doing sth.忘记(以前)曾做过某事。‎ ‎49.C.注意“think it +形容词+ to do sth.”结构, it是形式宾语,to不 ‎50.A.make sb. do sth.(迫)使某人做某事。 ‎ 八、时态、语态 Ⅰ.选择填空 ‎1.Zhao Lan ____ already ____ in this school for two years. ‎ ‎ A.was; studying ‎ B.will; study ‎ C.has; studied ‎ D.are; studying ‎ ‎2.They usually ____ TV in the evening. ‎ ‎ A.watch ‎ B.will watch ‎ ‎ C.are watching ‎ D.watches ‎ ‎3.Judy ____ the Great Wall twice, and now she still ____ to go there. ‎ ‎ A.went to; wanted ‎ B.goes to; wants ‎ ‎ C.has gone to; wants ‎ D.has been to; wants ‎ ‎4.“Excuse me. Look at the sign: NO SMOKING!”‎ ‎  “Sorry, I ____ it.”‎ ‎ A.don't see ‎ B.didn't see ‎ C.haven't seen ‎ D.won't see ‎5.I haven't finished my homework ____ .‎ ‎ A.yet ‎ B.too ‎ C.already ‎ D.then ‎6.Tom has worked here ____ two years ago. ‎ ‎ A.for ‎ B.at ‎ C.in ‎ D.since ‎ ‎7.The child ____ crying when he saw his mother.‎ ‎ A.stop ‎ B.stops ‎ ‎ C.stopped ‎ D.stopping ‎ ‎8.I ____ you for a long time. Where ____ you ____ ?‎ ‎ A.didn't see; did; go ‎ B.didn't see; have gone ‎ C.haven't seen; have; been ‎ D.haven't seen; have; gone ‎9.When I ____ by the station, I saw the accident ____ ‎ ‎ A.past; happening ‎ B.passed; happened ‎ C.past; to happen ‎ D.passed; happen ‎10.----Where's Bob?‎ ‎  ----He ____ Paris with his sister. ‎ ‎  ----He'll be back in two weeks. ‎ ‎ A.has been to ‎ B.has gone to ‎ C.comes from ‎ D.went to ‎11.Peter's mother died three years ago. She ____ for three years ‎ A.died ‎ B.was dead ‎ C.has been dead ‎ D.has dies ‎12.----I have finished my homework. ‎ ‎  ----When ____ you it?----An hour ago. ‎ ‎ A.have; finished ‎ B.do; finish ‎ ‎ C.did; finish ‎ D.will; finish ‎ ‎13.He's lived here ____ 1980.‎ ‎ A.after ‎ B.in ‎ C.from ‎ D.since ‎14.He has ____ been to Shanghai, has he? ‎ ‎ A.already ‎ ‎ B.never ‎ C.ever ‎ D.still ‎15.Listen, Mary ____ in her room. ‎ ‎ A.sing ‎ B.is singing ‎ ‎ C.sings ‎ ‎16.My sister ____ middle school half a year ago. ‎ ‎ A.will finish ‎ B.finishes ‎ ‎ C.finished ‎17.There ____ a parents meeting tomorrow afternoon.‎ ‎ A.are ‎ B.will have ‎ C.is going to be ‎ ‎18.I ____ him since I began to live in the city. ‎ ‎ A.know ‎ B.have known ‎ C.knew ‎19.Miss Gao ____ English on the radio every morning.‎ ‎ A.had studied ‎ B.studies ‎ C.study ‎20.----What are you going to give our art teacher for Teachers Day? ‎ ‎  ----I'm not sure. Maybe I ____ him some flowers.‎ ‎ A.have given ‎ B.will give ‎ C.gave ‎ D.give ‎ ‎21.Look! The children ____ kites over there.‎ ‎ A.flew ‎ B.fly ‎ C.are flying ‎ ‎22.She says that she ____ to Beijing next week.‎ ‎ A.has gone ‎ B.will go ‎ C.goes ‎23.----Tom ____ out.‎ ‎  ----Oh, has he? What time ____ he ____ out? ‎ ‎ A.is; did; go ‎ B.went; is; going ‎ ‎ C.has gone; did; go ‎ D.is going; does; go ‎ ‎24.----“Where's Li Lei? ”‎ ‎  ----“He ____ his sports shoes in the room. He ____ football with his friends. ”‎ ‎ A.is putting on; is playing ‎ B.puts on; will play ‎ ‎ C.is putting on; will play ‎ D.put on; played ‎ ‎25.Lucy and Lily can speak good Chinese, because they ____ China for six years. ‎ ‎ A.have been in ‎ B.have been to ‎ C.have come to ‎ D.have gone to ‎26.The two old men ____ each other since 1970.‎ ‎ A.didn't see ‎ B.don't see ‎ C.haven't seen ‎ D.won't see ‎27.This kind of machine ____ cutting paper.‎ ‎ A.uses for ‎ B.is using for ‎ C.is used to ‎ D.is used for ‎ ‎28.Three quarters of the world's books and newspapers ____ in English. ‎ ‎ A.are writing ‎ B.is written ‎ ‎ C.is writing ‎ D.are written ‎ ‎29.This kind of flower ____ every day. ‎ ‎ A.must water ‎ B.must be watered ‎ ‎ C.water ‎ D.will water ‎ ‎30.That house ____ in 1990. We have lived there for nearly ten years.‎ ‎ A.built ‎ B.builds ‎ ‎ C.is built ‎ D.was built ‎ ‎31.We know that this kind of bike ____ in Suzhou. ‎ ‎ A.is made ‎ B.makes ‎ C.is making ‎ ‎32.Rice must ____ at the right time. ‎ ‎ A.be harvested ‎ B.harvest ‎ ‎ C.be harvesting ‎ D.be harvest ‎ ‎33.He ____ his homework at home. He likes to finish it at school. ‎ ‎ A.doesn't ‎ B.don't do ‎ C.hasn't done ‎ D.doesn't do ‎34.Do you know which picture ____ best? ‎ ‎ A.does she like ‎ B.she likes ‎ C.did she like ‎ D.she is liking ‎ ‎35.Our school will hold a sports meeting if it ____ tomorrow. ‎ ‎ A.isn't rain ‎ B.rains ‎ ‎ C.won't rain ‎ D.doesn't rain ‎ ‎36.We won't go swimming if it ____ tomorrow.‎ ‎ A.will rain ‎ B.is going to rain ‎ ‎ C.rains ‎ D.rain ‎37.The students will go to the West Hill Farm by bike if it ____ fine tomorrow. ‎ ‎ A.will be ‎ B.is ‎ C.shall be ‎ D.was ‎38.The farmer will take the cows to the field if the rain ____ later on. ‎ ‎ A.stop ‎ B.stops ‎ ‎ C.stopped ‎ D.will stop ‎ ‎39.Go to help her if she ____ in trouble. ‎ ‎ A.is going ‎ B.will be ‎ ‎ C.comes ‎ D.is ‎40.We'll go as soon as it ____ .‎ ‎ A.will stop raining ‎ B.stops raining ‎ ‎ C.will stop to rain ‎ D.stop to rain ‎41.Please tell him about it as soon as he ____ back.‎ ‎ A.come ‎ B.comes ‎ C.came ‎ D.will come ‎42.I'm going to play football when I ____ my homework. ‎ ‎ A.will finish ‎ B.finished ‎ ‎ C.finish ‎ ‎43.I'll catch up with Lucy before she ____ the finishing line. ‎ ‎ A.reach ‎ B.is reaching ‎ ‎ C.reaches ‎ D.will reach ‎ ‎44.I ____ the message to him as soon as he ____ back tomorrow. ‎ ‎ A.give; came ‎ B.will give; will come ‎ C.will give; comes ‎ D.give; will come ‎45.Granny Wang told the little children that the sun ____ in the east. ‎ ‎ A.has risen ‎ B.rose ‎ ‎ C.rises ‎ D.rise ‎ ‎46.----Do you know if he ____ to play basketball with us? ‎ ‎  ----I think he will come if he ____ free tomorrow. ‎ ‎ A.comes; is ‎ B.comes; will be ‎ C.will come; is ‎ D.will come; will be ‎47.I don't know if she ____ tomorrow. If she ____ , I'll call you. ‎ ‎ A.comes; comes ‎ B.will come; will come ‎ C.will come; comes ‎ D.comes; will come ‎ ‎48.I want to know if they ____ the spring sports meeting next month. If they ____ it, I must get ready for it. ‎ ‎ A.hold; will hold ‎ B.will hold; hold ‎ C.hold; hold ‎ D.will hold; will hold ‎49.The woman fell off the bike and ____ on the road. ‎ ‎ A.lied ‎ B.lie ‎ C.lay ‎ ‎50.Mrs Fang asked the boys ____ .‎ ‎ A.where is Miss Green ‎ B.where was Miss Green ‎ C.where Miss Green is ‎ D.where Miss Green was ‎ ‎51.I thought the news ____ important for us all. ‎ ‎ A.is ‎ B.was ‎ C.are ‎ D.were ‎52.Henry ____ a birthday card for Sam yesterday. ‎ ‎ A.has bought ‎ B.buys ‎ C.bought ‎ D.will buy ‎ ‎53.----“Meimei, why didn't you give the book to Ann?”‎ ‎  ----Well, she ____ a copy for herself last week. ‎ ‎ A.buys ‎ B.had bought ‎ ‎ C.bought ‎ D.has bought ‎54.John ____ me the book two weeks ago, so I ____ it for two  weeks. ‎ ‎ A.borrowed, have borrowed ‎ B.lent; have borrowed ‎ ‎ C.borrowed, have had ‎ D.lent; have kept ‎ ‎55.“ Have you mended the motorbike, Tom?”‎ ‎  “Yes, I ____ it ten minutes ago.”‎ ‎ A.have ‎ B.had ‎ C.mended ‎ D.have mended ‎56.Where did he ____ two years ago? ‎ ‎ A.works ‎ B.worked ‎ ‎ C.work ‎ D.working ‎ ‎57.It's five years since I ____ you last time. ‎ ‎ A.met ‎ B.meet ‎ C.have met ‎ D.had met ‎58.Jane is busy now. She ____ pictures. ‎ ‎ A.draws ‎ B.drew ‎ ‎ C.is drawing ‎59.Look! Lily with her sister ____ a kite on the playground.‎ ‎ A.is flying ‎ B.flying ‎ C.are flying ‎ D.fly ‎60.Our knowledge of the universe ____ all the time. A.grow ‎ B.is growing ‎ ‎ C.grows ‎ D.grew ‎61.“Where is Mr Du?”‎ ‎  “Look! He ____ on a big machine over there.”‎ ‎ A.works ‎ B.worked ‎ ‎ C.is working ‎ D.has worked ‎ ‎62.Stay inside, please. It ____ hard right now ‎ A.is raining ‎ B.has rained ‎ ‎ C.rains ‎ D.was raining ‎ ‎63.Be quiet! The child ____ .‎ ‎ A.sleeps ‎ B.slept ‎ ‎ C.is sleeping ‎64.We ____ to the zoo tomorrow.‎ ‎ A.went ‎ B.go ‎ C.shall go ‎ D.have gone ‎65.----When ____ the Greens ____ back to China?‎ ‎  ----Next week. ‎ ‎ A.did, come ‎ B.are, come ‎ C.will, come ‎ D.have, come ‎ ‎66.We ____ a sports meeting next month. ‎ ‎ A.will have ‎ B.have had ‎ ‎ C.will ‎ D.had ‎67.Could you tell me if it ____ tomorrow?‎ ‎ A.rain ‎ B.will rain ‎ C.raining ‎ D.rains ‎68.I want to know when ____ start.‎ ‎ A.will we ‎ B.we will ‎ C.do we ‎69.Please tell me where ____ have our picnic tomorrow.‎ ‎ A.we will ‎ B.will we ‎ C.will ‎ D.will you ‎ ‎70.Do you know ____ ?‎ ‎ A.when the meeting will begin ‎ ‎ B.when begins the meeting ‎ C.when will the meeting begin ‎ D.when does the meeting begin ‎ ‎71.----Would you please not draw pictures on the wall?‎ ‎  ----Sorry. I ____ it again.‎ ‎ A.am not doing ‎ B.don't do ‎ C.didn't do ‎ D.won't do ‎72.How long ____ at this factory? ‎ ‎ A.have you come ‎ B.has he in ‎ C.will he be ‎ D.has he been to ‎73.----Do you know when he ____ back tomorrow?‎ ‎  ----Sorry, I don't. When he ____ back. I'll tell you. ‎ ‎ A.comes; comes ‎ B.comes; will come ‎ C.will come; comes ‎ D.will come; will come ‎ ‎74.I don't know when he ____ .When he ____ , I'll let you know. ‎ ‎ A.comes; comes ‎ B.will come; comes ‎ ‎ C.comes; will come ‎ ‎75.We ____ English for three years already. And we can speak a little English now. ‎ ‎ A.learn ‎ B.have learned ‎ C.has learned ‎ D.will learned ‎ ‎76.My grandpa died six months ago, that is to say, he ____ for half a year. ‎ ‎ A.has been dead ‎ B.died ‎ ‎ C.was dead ‎ D.has died ‎77.Our workshop ____ since two years gao.‎ ‎ A.was open ‎ B.opened ‎ C.has been open ‎ D.has opened ‎78.John ____ the factory since 1984. He's one of the oldest workers here now. ‎ ‎ A.came to ‎ B.comes to ‎ C.has been in ‎ D.has come to ‎79.Mrs Black is a worker of No. 1 Machine Factory. She ____ there since it opened in 1958. ‎ ‎ A.worked ‎ B.works ‎ C.has worked ‎ D.is working ‎ ‎80.His hair ____ white these days. ‎ ‎ A.be ‎ B.are ‎ ‎ C.has turned ‎81.----How long have you ____ there? ‎ ‎  ----About four years.‎ ‎ A.come ‎ B.gone ‎ ‎ C.left ‎ D.worked ‎ ‎82.I've ____ this dictionary ____ a year. It's still new now.‎ ‎ A.bought; for ‎ B.had; for ‎ C.bought; since ‎ D.had; since ‎ ‎83.He's out. He ____ the library.‎ ‎ A.went to ‎ B.has gone to ‎ ‎ C.has been to ‎ D.had gone to ‎84.Our maths teacher has ____ Australia for a week. ‎ ‎ A.gone to ‎ B.been in ‎ ‎ C.arrived in ‎ D.been to ‎85.How nice you've come! We've waited for you for about two hours. Where ____ , Jim? ‎ ‎ A.are you ‎ B.have you been ‎ C.are you from ‎ D.have you gone ‎ ‎86.He ____ his homework and now is listening to music.‎ ‎ A.finished ‎ B.finishes ‎ C.has finished ‎ D.finish ‎87.----Where's your headmaster? ‎ ‎  ----He ____ Beijing. He won't be back ____ next week. ‎ ‎ A.went to; after ‎ B.has gone to; until ‎ C.has been to; until ‎ D.has been to; after ‎88.----Have you ever ____ to the Huaxi Park?‎ ‎  ----Yes, I ____ there last summer. ‎ ‎ A.gone; went ‎ B.gone; have been ‎ C.been; went ‎ D.been; have ‎89.When I got to the factory, the workers ____ about the film. ‎ ‎ A.are talking ‎ B.talked ‎ ‎ C.were talking ‎ D.have talked ‎90.I ____ a letter when my mother came in. ‎ ‎ A.write ‎ B.am writing ‎ ‎ C.was writing ‎ D.have write ‎ ‎91.The Reads ____ lunch when I got to their house.‎ ‎ A.were having ‎ B.was having ‎ ‎ C.are having ‎ D.is having ‎ ‎92.My parents ____ TV when I got home yseterday. ‎ ‎ A.watched ‎ B.were watching ‎ C.have watched ‎ D.are watching ‎93.By the end of last term, we ____ one thousand English words ‎ A.have learned ‎ B.has learned ‎ C.had learned ‎ D.learned ‎94.He remembered he ____ a new sweater, but he ____ for it.‎ ‎ A.has closen; has paid ‎ B.has chosen; hasn't paid ‎ C.had chosen; had paid ‎ D.had chosen; hadn't paid ‎95.Stamps ____ by people for sending letters.‎ ‎ A.use ‎ B.using ‎ C.used ‎ D.are used ‎96.Chinese ____ by the largest number of people in the world.‎ ‎ A.speaks ‎ B.is speaking ‎ ‎ C.are speaking ‎ D.is spoken ‎ ‎97.English is a useful language. It ____ widely in the world ‎ A.is spoken ‎ B.was spoken ‎ ‎ C.can speak ‎ D.will speak ‎98.The fish ____ in the lake.‎ ‎ A.is looked after well ‎ B.are looked after well ‎ C.are looked the same ‎ D.are looked around ‎99.____ this kind of question often ____ in your class, Ann?‎ ‎ A.Does, ask ‎ B.Is, asked ‎ C.Has, asked ‎ D.Will, ask ‎100.Yesterday a visitor ____ something about his hometown ‎ A.asked ‎ B.were asked ‎ C.was asked ‎ D.is asked 参考答案 ‎1.C.句中有already和for two years,故用现在完成时。‎ ‎2.A.usually常与一般现在时连用。‎ ‎3.D.前一个分句中有twice,提示用表示“去过”哪里的短语,故用has been to。后一分句表示她还想去那里,故用wants。‎ ‎4.B.说“没看见”应是在谈话之前发生的,故应用过去时。‎ ‎5.A.yet作副词,意为“仍然、还”,可用于现在完成时的疑问句和否定句,不用于肯定句。‎ ‎6.D.“……(一段时间) ago”虽不能和现在完成时连用,前面加上since就可以了。since后接“时间点”,“…ago”恰好是一个表过去的时间点。注意since后只能接“时间点”,for后接一段时间。‎ ‎7.C.从句用来的是一般过去时,故主句也用一般过去时。‎ ‎8.C.for a long time一般与现在完成时连用;问对方“上哪去了?那他(她)一定是已从那里回来,故应用 have been.”‎ ‎9.D.pass是“路过”,past也是路过,但past是介词或副词,不能作谓语词。happen是不带to的不定式作宾补。‎ ‎10.B.问“第三人称”上哪去了,那么他(他们)一定不在此处,故应用have(has)gone。‎ ‎11.C.die 是瞬间动词,不能表示延续。若表示相应的“延续”意义,需用be dead的现在完成时形式。‎ ‎12.C.when不能与现在完成时连用,因为它表示的是一个时间点,一般多与现在时、过去时或将来时连用。‎ ‎13.D.谓语用现在完成时,故应用since。‎ ‎14.B.附加问句部分是肯定形式,故空白处应填never。‎ ‎15.B.look/listen等动词在句首单独使用,都是现在进行时的标志。‎ ‎16.C.ago 用于一般过去时。‎ ‎17.C.there be 的一般将来时是 there will be或 there is/are going to be。‎ ‎18.B.句中有since从句,故主句谓语用现在完成时。‎ ‎19.B.every morning一般与现在时连用。‎ ‎20.B.“be going to +动词原形”和“will +动词原形”都是一般将来时的表达方式,区别是前者表示“计划、打算”。后者表示带“意愿”色彩的将来。‎ ‎21.C.look在句首,是现在进行时的提示语。‎ ‎22.B.主句用现在时,从句用一般将来时,而不能用过去将来时。‎ ‎23.C.甲方说“汤姆出去了”,要用现在完成时 has gone to…,乙方问“他什么时候走的?”指的是一过去时间,故用一般过去时。‎ ‎24.C.A问“李雷在哪里”指的是此时此刻,B回答他此刻在做什么当然要用现在进行时,他完成了现在的动作,下一步要做的事,就应用将来时。‎ ‎25.A.have been in表示在某处“居住”或“逗留”了一段时间。‎ ‎26.C.句中有 since短语。see(meet) each other 表“互相见面”。‎ ‎27.D.注意 be used for表“用于某种目的”, be used as表“用作为(某种工具)”。‎ ‎28.D.句意“世界上四分之三的报纸是用英语写成的。”there quarters 四分之三,也可说成 three fourths,但不如前者常用。‎ ‎29.B.must be watered是情态动词 must的被语态形式。‎ ‎30.D.句中有in 1990,故应用过去时的被动语态。‎ ‎31.A.be made in表“由(某地)制造”。‎ ‎32.A.主语(Rice)是收割这一动作的承受者,故应用被动语态。‎ ‎33.D.根据后一句提示,前句也应用一般现在时,后句说“他喜欢在学校完成作业”,故前句应用否定式,即“他不喜欢在家里完成作业”。‎ ‎34.B.①从句结构应为“连词+主语+谓语”的陈述结构。②like作“喜欢”讲表状态,故该词只可用一般(现在、过去、将来)时态,而不能用于进行时态。‎ ‎35.D.在时间、条件状语从句中,用一般现在时表示将来。‎ ‎36.C.同上 ‎37.B.同上 ‎38.B.同上 ‎39.D.同上。 in trouble处于困境之中。‎ ‎40.B.同上。‎ ‎41.B.同上。‎ ‎42.C.同上。‎ ‎43.C.同上。‎ ‎44.C.同上。‎ ‎45.C.一般来说,在含有宾语从句的复合句中,如果主句谓语动词用的一般过去时,那么从句谓语也需过去时态的某一种。但如果从句所表示的是客观真理或自然规律,则可用一般现在时。‎ ‎46.C.注意此题是全国各地考查使用率最高的一个题型,即考查宾语从句和时间条件状语从句的区别。该题第一句中的if引导的是宾语从句,if意为“是否”,相当于whether,第二句的if引导的是条件状语从句,if作“如果”解。另外还有几个连词,象where, when,(当然if和when用在此种句型中更为常见),它们既可引导状语从句,又可引导宾语从句。例如: I don't know when I'll finish the work. When I finish it, I'll tell you. ‎ ‎47.C.第一个if引导宾语从句,第二个if引导条件状语从句。‎ ‎48.B.同47小题。‎ ‎49.C.lie既可作规则动词,也可作不规则动词,lie的过去式lay还可作原形动词,关于它们的词义及词形变化,请参见下表:‎ ‎50.D.宾语从句应用陈述结构,主句是过去时,从句只能用过去时态。‎ ‎51.B.主句用过去时,从句也应用过去时态。因从句主语news是不可数名词,所以只能填was。‎ ‎52.C.yesterday是与一般过去时连用的时间状语。‎ ‎53.C.‎ ‎54.D.这是一道考查时态和动词词义的综合性试题。因为前一分句带…ago,后一分句带for…短语,故两个空应分别用过去时和现在完成时。A项错误在于,第一空时态虽对,但borrow(借入)使用的不对,第二空的borrow是非延续性动词,不能表示“延续”;B项第一空虽对,但第二空对A项犯有同样的错误;C项的第一空borrow的错误无须解释,第二空的错误在于had的词义,它虽能表延续,但其词义是“拥有”,与前一空的lent所表达的含义相矛盾。‎ ‎55.C.问话虽用现在完成时,但题干中有ago,故只能用过去时。‎ ‎56.C.‎ ‎57.A.注意句型“It is +一段时间+since +过去时从句”。另外,since从句中的动词须为终止性动词,才表示此状态的“延续”了多长时间,since从句中如用延续性动词的过去时,则表示该状态“结束”了多长时间。如: It's five years since I was there.我已经有五年在那里了。‎ ‎58.C.前一句说Jane(现在)很忙,所以后一个句子应用现在进行时。‎ ‎59.A.look在句首是现在进行时的提示语。另外,此句中的with短语作定语,主语是Lily。‎ ‎60.B.用现在进行时表示“变化”。‎ ‎61.C.同21小题。‎ ‎62.A.right now此时,与现在进行时连用。‎ ‎63.C.‎ ‎64.C.tomorrow与将来时连用。‎ ‎65.C.根据答语提示可知问句应用将来时。‎ ‎66.A.next month与一般将来时连用。‎ ‎67.B.宾语从句中有tomorrow,故应用一般将来时。‎ ‎68.B.“想知道什么时候开始”意味着“尚未开始,故应用一般将来时。”‎ ‎69.A.从句应用陈述语序,另外,句尾有tomorrow,故选A。‎ ‎70.A.B、C、D三项均为错误结构。‎ ‎71.D.自己已经把画画到墙上了,故只能说“以后(将来)不再画了”。‎ ‎72.C.how long 不仅可以和现在完成时连用,它还可以与现在时、过去时、将来时连用,此句选C是因为其它三个选项在形式或语法上都不对。A项中的come是瞬间动词,不能与 how long连用; B项形式本身就不对; D项的错误是多了一个to,如将to去掉,也是正确答案。‎ ‎73.C.问句中的when从句是宾语从句,又有tomorrow,故用will come。答句中的 when从句是时问状语从句,应用一般现在时表示将来,故填comes。‎ ‎74.B.与上句属同一类型,考查宾语从句和状语从句的区别。在初中部分,这一类型的考查只限于when和if引导的从句。‎ ‎75.B.根据句尾的already(多与现在完成时连用)和后一句(表示现在的“结果”)可知,此句应用现在完成时。‎ ‎76.A.‎ ‎77.C.open作动词和形容词都可表示“开”,但作动词时它是非延续的。‎ ‎78.C.因句中有since,故谓语动词应用延续性动词,表示一个持续的动作。‎ ‎79.C.持续性动作,故用 has worked. ‎ ‎80.C.these days多与现在完成时连用。‎ ‎81.D.前三项均为非延续性动词,不能与how long连用。‎ ‎82.B.buy是非延续动词,故不能表延续,而have可表示延续性的动作。‎ ‎83.B.‎ ‎84.B.A、C两项均为非延续性动词,不能表示延续性动作。D项的 has been to只能表示“去过”哪里,而不能表示在某处“逗留”或“居住”。‎ ‎85.B.问“上哪去了”,故用 have been。‎ ‎86.C.选把作业做完了(has finished),接着做别的事情。‎ ‎87.B.“他上北京去了。”应用“has gone,”注意答语中的not…until句型,此句表示:“他下周才能回来。”‎ ‎88.C.第一句问是否“去过”,故用 have been。答语说“去年夏天”去的,只用过去时。‎ ‎89.C.当(从句)某一动作发生时,(主句)又发生了另一个动作,应用过去进行时。‎ ‎90.C.when引导的从句用过去时,主句用过去进行时,表示从句动作发生时间短,而主句动作持续时间相对较长。‎ ‎91.A.道理同上。注意The Reads表“雷德一家”。were…。‎ ‎92.B.同91小题。‎ ‎93.C.“by the end of last…”与过去完成时连用。‎ ‎94.D.“选汗衫”这一动作发生在“记住(remembered)”之前,故应用过去完成时“付钱”这一动作尚未发生,因与“选汗衫”有关,故应用过去完成时的否定式。‎ ‎95.D.邮票被人们使用,故用被动语态。‎ ‎96.D.‎ ‎97.A.英语是“被说”的,故应用被动语态。‎ ‎98.B.fish“被照看”,故应用被动语态。又因此句中的fish 是复数含义(fish单复数形式相同),故助动词应用are. ‎ ‎99.B.问题是“被问”的,故用被动语态。‎ ‎100.C.句中有yesterday.  ‎ 七、动词 Ⅰ.选择填空 ‎1.The box is light. Wang Ping can ____ it by herself. ‎ ‎ A.fine ‎ B.watch ‎ C.carry ‎ D.learn ‎2.----What are the girls doing?‎ ‎  ----They're ____ the music!‎ ‎ A.listening to ‎ B.talking with ‎ ‎ C.coming from ‎ D.looking for ‎3.The ticket is on the floor. Please ____ .‎ ‎ A.pick up it ‎ B.pick up them ‎ C.pick it up ‎ D.pick them up ‎ ‎4.Please ____ before you cross the road.‎ ‎ A.look up ‎ B.look yourself ‎ C.look around ‎ D.look again ‎5.Oh, dear! My kite ____ on top of the tree. ‎ ‎ A.flew ‎ B.stopped ‎ ‎ C.landed ‎ D.reached ‎6.I like listening to the music on the radio, but I can't ____ much time ____ it.‎ ‎ A.pay; for ‎ B.spend; on ‎ C.cost; listening to ‎ D.take; in ‎ ‎7.----What are you doing, Mrs Smith?‎ ‎  ----I'm looking ____ the children. They should be back for lunch now. ‎ ‎ A.after ‎ B.at ‎ C.up ‎ D.for ‎8.----Our football team has ____ the match. ‎ ‎  ----Congratulations! ‎ ‎ A.watched ‎ B.joined ‎ C.won ‎ D.lost ‎9.----Tickets, please. May I ____ your ticket, Madam?‎ ‎  ----Certainly. Here it is. ‎ ‎ A.show ‎ B.watch ‎ C.find ‎ D.see ‎10.----I'm afraid his radio is too noisy. Will you please ____ him to turn it down? ‎ ‎  ----Sure.‎ ‎ A.make ‎ B.let ‎ C.ask ‎ D.keep ‎11.Do you often hear from ____ ?‎ ‎ A.she ‎ B.her letter ‎ C.hers ‎ D.her ‎12.----He came early this morning, didn't he? ‎ ‎  ----Yes, he did. He often ____ to school early. ‎ ‎ A.come ‎ B.comes ‎ C.came ‎ D.has come ‎13.----Can I ____ your bike? ‎ ‎  ----With pleasure. But you mustn't ____ it to others. ‎ ‎ A.lend; borrow ‎ B.borrow; lend ‎ ‎ C.carry; lend ‎ D.borrow; keep ‎14.----It's very cold outside. ‎ ‎  ----Oh, yes. You'd better ____ your coat.‎ ‎ A.put on ‎ B.put away ‎ ‎ C.put back ‎ D.put up ‎15.It's quite warm today. Why doesn't you ____ your coat?‎ ‎ A.put down ‎ B.try on ‎ C.take off ‎ D.put on ‎16.This pair of shoes ____ me 50 yuan.‎ ‎ A.spent ‎ B.paid ‎ C.cost ‎ D.took ‎17.Tom likes English. He often ____ it with his classmates. ‎ ‎ A.speaks ‎ B.tells ‎ C.says ‎ D.talks ‎18.“Will you please stop ____ ? I can't ____ anything. ‎ ‎ A.talking; listen ‎ B.to talk; hear ‎ C.talking; hear ‎ D.to talk; listen ‎19.You can ____ the word in a dictionary if you don't know how to read it.‎ ‎ A.look up ‎ B.look over ‎ C.look at ‎ D.look for ‎20.The teacher asked the students to stop ____ and ____ to her.‎ ‎ A.to talk; listened ‎ B.talking; listen ‎ C.talking; listened ‎ D.to talk; listen ‎21.The boy ____ the tree and hurt himself. ‎ ‎ A.fall off ‎ B.fall from ‎ C.fell off ‎ D.fallen from ‎22.“Do you like this kind of paper?”“Yes, it ____ very nice. ”‎ ‎ A.is felt ‎ B.felt ‎ C.is feeling ‎ D.feels ‎23.----“Will you please show me the photo of your family?”‎ ‎  ----“OK. I will ____ it here tomorrow.” ‎ ‎ A.take ‎ B.bring ‎ C.catch ‎ D.carry ‎ ‎24.I like writing to my penfriends, but it ____ a lot of time. ‎ ‎ A.spends ‎ B.uses ‎ C.takes ‎ D.pays ‎25.----I think teachers are the most hard ‎  ----working people. do you ____ me?‎ ‎ A.go on with ‎ B.catch up with ‎ ‎ C.agree with ‎ D.think of ‎ ‎26.The children ____ to the driver, but he did not ____ them. ‎ ‎ A.listened; hear ‎ B.shouted; listen ‎ C.heard; listened ‎ D.shouted; hear ‎27.Jack likes to ____ others but never writes to them. ‎ ‎ A.hear of ‎ B.hear about ‎ C.hear from ‎ D.hear ‎28.David's always the winner of the race, but this time he ____ others.‎ ‎ A.fell behind ‎ B.fell down ‎ C.fell over ‎ D.fell off ‎29.The fish ____ me five yuan. ‎ ‎ A.spends ‎ B.takes ‎ C.costs ‎ ‎30.“Will you please ____ us a story, Miss Gao?”‎ ‎  “OK.Shall I ____ it in English or in Chinese?”‎ ‎ A.tell; speak ‎ B.talk; speak ‎ ‎ C.tell; asy ‎ D.talk; say ‎31.“Do you ____ English?”“Only a little.”‎ ‎ A.speak ‎ B.talk ‎ C.say ‎ D.tell ‎32.He could ____ neither French nor German. So I ____ with him in English. ‎ ‎ A.speak; talked ‎ B.talked; told ‎ C.say; spoke ‎ D.tell; talked ‎ ‎33.Mr. Green isn't here. He ____ London. ‎ ‎ A.has been to ‎ B.has gone to ‎ C.have been ‎ D.have gone ‎34.“Where have you been?”“Oh, I ____ Canada.”‎ ‎ A.has been to ‎ B.has gone to ‎ C.have gone to ‎ D.have been to ‎35.His mother is ill. He is going to ____ her at home.‎ ‎ A.look at ‎ B.look up ‎ ‎ C.look for ‎ D.look after ‎36.If you don't know the word, you may ____ in the dictionary.‎ ‎ A.look it up ‎ B.look up it ‎ C.look for it ‎ D.look it for ‎37.The doctor ____ Robert carefully as soon as he was taken to the hospital. ‎ ‎ A.looked at ‎ B.looked over ‎ C.look after ‎ D.looked for ‎38.The radio is making too much noise. Would you please ____ ?‎ ‎ A.turn it up ‎ B.turn up it ‎ C.turn it down ‎ D.turn down it ‎39.I can't hear the radio. Would you please ____ ? ‎ ‎ A.turn it up ‎ B.turn it down ‎ ‎ C.turn up it ‎ D.turn down it ‎ ‎40.Trains can ____ more passengers than planes. ‎ ‎ A.get ‎ B.bring ‎ ‎ C.send ‎ D.carry ‎ ‎41.It ____ him half an hour to do the work.‎ ‎ A.spent ‎ B.took ‎ C.used ‎ D.lent ‎ ‎42.How long did it ____ you to do the work? ‎ ‎ A.give ‎ B.spend ‎ ‎ C.pay ‎ D.take ‎43.He ____ foreign languages to science subjects.‎ ‎ A.loves ‎ B.prefers ‎ C.likes ‎ D.enjoys ‎44.I ____ light blue ____ dark blue.‎ ‎ A.like; than ‎ B.prefer; to ‎ C.prefer; than ‎ D.like; to ‎45.It's such a warm day today. Why don't you ____ your sweater? ‎ ‎ A.put on ‎ B.put down ‎ C.take down ‎ D.take off ‎46.After we ____ them, we ____ the last match.‎ ‎ A.beat; beat ‎ B.won; beat ‎ C.beat; won ‎ D.win; won ‎47.Man-made satellites have been ____ space by many countries ‎ A.sent away ‎ B.sent for ‎ C.sent to ‎ D.sent up ‎48.Where is my pencil? I can't ____ it. ‎ ‎ A.find ‎ B.carry ‎ C.look for ‎ D.put ‎49.“Will you show me the photo of your family?”‎ ‎  “OK, I'll ____ it here next week. ”‎ ‎ A.carry ‎ B.get ‎ C.take ‎ D.bring ‎50.“Will you please ____ my son to school? I'm too busy.”‎ ‎  “OK.”‎ ‎ A.take ‎ B.bring ‎ C.get ‎ D.carry ‎51.“May I ____ your ruler?”‎ ‎  “Sorry, I can't ____ it to you.”‎ ‎ A.lend; borrow ‎ B.lend; lend ‎ C.borrow; lend ‎ D.borrow; borrow ‎52.He ____ hard and finally ____ the language.‎ ‎ A.studied; learned ‎ B.learned; studied ‎ ‎ C.learned; learned ‎ D.studied; studied ‎ ‎53.Which do you ____ , basketball or volleyball?‎ ‎ A.like ‎ B.enjoy ‎ C.love ‎ D.prefer ‎ ‎54.My uncle ____ in London, I'll ____ with my uncle for a few days. ‎ ‎ A.lives; stay ‎ B.stays; live ‎ ‎ C.stays; stay ‎ D.lives; live ‎ ‎55.How much did she ____ on the watch? ‎ ‎ A.take ‎ B.cost ‎ ‎ C.pay ‎ D.spend ‎ ‎56.They ____ TV last night.‎ ‎ A.saw ‎ B.watched ‎ ‎ C.looked ‎ D.noticed ‎ ‎57.“Would you ____ the school report to your parents and ____ their answers?”  ‎ ‎ A.bring; take ‎ B.take; bring ‎ C.bring; bring ‎ D.take; take ‎ ‎58.Don't forget to write to me as soon as you ____ Australia.‎ ‎ A.arrive ‎ B.reach ‎ ‎ C.get ‎ D.come ‎ ‎59.I have ____ that he even doesn't know when our army was ____ ‎ ‎ A.found; found ‎ B.founded; founded ‎ C.found; founded ‎ D.founded; found ‎60.My aunt ____ us something about the changes in her town. ‎ ‎ A.talked ‎ B.spoke ‎ C.told ‎ D.said ‎ ‎61.I wrote a letter to my sister last week. But I hven't ____ her yet. ‎ ‎ A.heard ‎ B.heard from ‎ ‎ C.heard of ‎ D.heard about ‎ ‎62.All of us ____ stay at home because it was raining hard.‎ ‎ A.had to ‎ B.must ‎ ‎ C.have ‎ D.must have to ‎63.We often ____ home by bike, but this morning we ____ home.‎ ‎ A.walk; went ‎ B.go; walked ‎ ‎ C.go; went ‎ D.walk; walked ‎ ‎64.The little girl was ____ her cat while her mother was ____ the piano.‎ ‎ A.playing; playing ‎ B.playing; playing with ‎ C.playing with; playing ‎ D.playing with; playing with ‎ ‎65.He ____ a new coat today.‎ ‎ A.put on ‎ B.puts on ‎ C.wear ‎ D.is wearing ‎66.When she was young, she ____ at ten in the evening and she soon ____ .‎ ‎ A.fell asleep; went to bed ‎ B.slept; went to bed ‎ C.went to bed; fell asleep ‎ D.fell asleep; slept ‎ ‎67.He ____ the blackboard carefully but couldn't ____ the word clearly. ‎ ‎ A.looked at; see ‎ B.saw; look ‎ ‎ C.looked; see ‎ D.saw; look at ‎ ‎68.What medicine have you ____ for your cough? ‎ ‎ A.eaten ‎ B.helped yourself to ‎ ‎ C.taken ‎ D.drunk ‎ ‎69.This kind of truck ____ China.‎ ‎ A.is made of ‎ B.is made by ‎ C.is made in ‎ D.is made from ‎70.The girl is ill. Has her father ____ a doctor? ‎ ‎ A.sent ‎ B.sent up ‎ ‎ C.sent for ‎ D.sent out  ‎ 参考答案 ‎1.C.carry的意思是:“搬运,携带”,没有方向性。watch是“观看”,learn 是“学习”,与carry在词义上相差甚远,fine是形容词,在此根本不能用。‎ ‎2.A.此题只有A项搭配正确,listen to the music听音乐。talk with与……交谈,come from来自……。‎ ‎3.C.pick up 拾起。pick up 是“动副型”短语动词,如果代词作宾语,只能把代词放在两词中间,故不能选A。前句的ticket是单数可数名词,用it代替之,而不能用them,故不能考虑B、D两项。‎ ‎4.C.look around是“环顾四周”。around既可作介词,也可作副词。look up是“查询、仰视”。B、D两项在词意上与句子不吻合,故不能用。‎ ‎5.C.land在此指“落到……上”。其余三项的动词词意似乎与C项都有联系,但用法都不正确。‎ ‎6.B.spend time on sth.指“在……上花费时间”。 pay…for指“付钱”,C、D两项用法也不对。‎ ‎7.D.只有D项搭配与句意吻合,说话者是在找孩子们吃饭,故用look for(寻找)。look after照看,look at看,look up查询,仰视。‎ ‎8.C.win the match在比赛中获胜,lose the match输了比赛,“输了”不能“祝贺”。join 不能与match 搭配,watch 虽可与 match 搭配,但在此句中逻辑上说不通。‎ ‎9.D.see在此处强调动词(=look at)的动作,而不是结果。‎ ‎10.C.ask sb.to do sth.让某人做某事。 make和let后面接不带to的不定式做宾语补足语,而不能带to。而keep不能带此种句型,它只能带 keep sb.doing sth.,句型。‎ ‎11.D.注意hear from后接somebody (人)表示“收到某人的来信”。对比:receive a letter from sb.‎ ‎12.B.前面讲的是今天早上的情况,用过去时。最后一句中有often,讲的是一般情况,故用一般现在时。‎ ‎13.B.borrow 是(主语)“借人”,lend是(主语)“借出”。‎ ‎14.A.put on穿(戴)上。put away把……收起来, put back 把……放回去,put up举起、建造。‎ ‎15.C.前句说“天气暖和”,故应“脱下(take off)外衣,put down 放下,记下,try on试穿,put out扑灭(火),生产。注意 take off还可表示飞机“起飞。”‎ ‎16.C.注意这几个动词的用法区别:sb.spends time/money (in)doing sth.;sb.pays money for sth.;sth.costs sb.money;It takes sb.sometime to do sth.‎ ‎17.A.“说”某种语言用speak,其余三项与之最接近的是say,但say主要是强调具体说的内容。tell是“告诉”。talk意为“交谈”,是不及物动词,多用于 talk to,talk with 和 talk about短语中。‎ ‎18.C.停止做某事 stop doing,stop to do,停下来做另一件事。listen强调“听”的动作,hear强调“听到、听见”,即“听”的结果。‎ ‎19.A.look up a word in a dictionary 查字典。注意不能说 look up a dictionary.look over指医生“检查”病人,look at看。‎ ‎20.B.stop talking是“停止谈话”。 listen是与 to stop并列的不是式,and后省略了不定式符号 to。stop to do意指“停下来去做另一件事”。若选C项,第二空用listened,是指“老师”让同学们停止说话后,去听“她”‎ 说话,她却是指老师自己。这样指代混乱,逻辑上说不通。‎ ‎21.C.fall off从……上掉下来。A项谓语动词形式不对,如果用现在时,在fall后应加s ,但这又与后面的动词 hurt 的时态(过去时)相矛盾。‎ ‎22.D.feel为系动词。意为“摸起来”,多用一般现在时。‎ ‎23.B.bring拿来、带来;take拿走,带走;catch 抓住,赶上;carry搬运、运载。‎ ‎24.C.take表示“花费”时间,多用形式主语it。‎ ‎25.C.agree with同意(某人的观点),go on with继续,catch up with赶上,think of想到。‎ ‎26.D.shout to sb.朝……喊叫。此句意为:“孩子们朝司机呼喊,但司机没有听到”。‎ ‎27.C.“杰克喜欢收到别人的来信。但从来不给他们写信。”write to给(某人)写信。‎ ‎28.A.填fell behind意为“落在别人后面,”才与前面的the winner相对照。‎ ‎29.C.见17小题。‎ ‎30.C.tell sb.a story给……讲故事。 say sth.in English/Chinese 用英语/汉语说。‎ ‎31.A.‎ ‎32.A.前一个空用speak,是因为后接语言名词,后一个空填talked,构成talked with him in English,意为“用英语和他交谈”。‎ ‎33.B.has gone to是表明“格林先生”不在这里(前一句已说明),他到伦敦去了。‎ ‎34.D.have been to指“去过某处”,现在已经回来了。问句中的主语是you,暗示与对方面对面交谈,因此对方已经回来了。‎ ‎35.D.look after照看。‎ ‎36.A.注意此句中 look up的宾语是 it,故需放在两词中间。‎ ‎37.B.look over用在此句中是指医生给病人“做检查”。‎ ‎38.C.前句说收单机太吵,后句才说让对方把音量关小点,用turn down,又因宾语是it,所以应说turn it down。‎ ‎39.A.前句说“听不见”收音机,后面才能说让对方把音量调大(turn it up)。‎ ‎40.D.此句意为“火车运载的旅客比飞机多。”carry指“运送,装载”,无方向性。get指“去拿来”,bring指“拿来”,send指“邮寄、派遣、送”。‎ ‎41.B.注意 It takes sb.some time to do sth.句型。‎ ‎42.D.句型同上,不同的是上句是陈述句结构,此句是一个特殊疑问句。‎ ‎43.B.注意prefer…to(喜欢……胜过喜欢……)。‎ ‎44.B.句型同上句,句意为:“我喜欢浅蓝色,而不喜欢深蓝色。”‎ ‎45.D.太热了应该把毛衫脱下来(take off)。put down放下、记下来,take down摘下,记下来。‎ ‎46.C.beat sb.在比赛中击败某人(队)。win后面多与game、match 搭配,指“在比赛中获胜”。‎ ‎47.D.send up satellites发射卫星。注意此句中用的是现在完成时的被动语态。send away解雇,send for派人去请,send…to把某人派往某处。‎ ‎48.A.find找到,look for寻找。‎ ‎49.D.bring拿来,take带走。‎ ‎50.A ‎51.C ‎52.A.stady 强调学习的过程,并有“研究”之意。learn强调学习的结果,有“学到、学会”之意。单纯作“学习”讲,两者可互换。‎ ‎53.D.‎ ‎54.A.live为“居住”,stay为“逗留”。‎ ‎55.D                        56.B                   57.B ‎58.B.arrive,get 和reach都可作“到达”讲,arrive和get 都是不及物动词,arrive后接in或at带宾语,get接to带宾语,arrive指较正式的“到达”,常译为“抵达”。reach作“到达”讲是及物动词,后面可直接带宾语。reach还可当“够到”讲。三个词后接here或there时,中间都不加介词。如:arrive/get/reach here(there).‎ ‎59.C.found作为规则动词(founded,founded),是“成立、建立”之意,它与find的过去式和过去分词同形,注意不要混淆。‎ ‎60.C.‎ ‎61.B.hear为“听见”,hear of与 hear about都表示“听说”, hear from是“收到(某人)的来信”。‎ ‎62.A.‎ ‎63.B.go与walk都是不及物动词,walk词义较单纯,就是“走,步行”;go则不一定是“走”,从一地到另一地的运动都可用go,它的含义要比walk广得多。‎ ‎64.C.play可作及物动词,可指进行球类活动。演奏乐器、下棋等。play with表示“玩弄”某物.‎ ‎65.D.put on 强调“穿上、戴上”的动作;wear强调“穿着、戴着”的状态。‎ ‎66.C.sleep指“睡觉”的状态和过程 fall asleep表“入睡”,go to bed 则指“上床睡觉”这一动作。‎ ‎67.A.‎ ‎68.C.“吃药”习惯上说 take/have medicine,而不能说eat/drink。‎ ‎69.C.‎ ‎70.C ‎ 六、介词 Ⅰ.选择填空:‎ ‎1.Mrs. Brown came to China ____ 1996.‎ ‎ A.from ‎ B.of ‎ C.to ‎ D.in ‎2.The room was full ____ smoke after the big fire. ‎ ‎ A.of ‎ B.with ‎ C.in ‎ D.for ‎3.Here are some presents ____ you ____ our best wishes.‎ ‎ A.to; with ‎ B.for; with ‎ C.of; about ‎ D.for; for ‎4.Both Mr Green and Mrs Green were born ____ June, 1956.‎ ‎ A.in ‎ B.at ‎ C.on ‎ D.for ‎5.The little boy is always interested ____ science. ‎ ‎ A.with ‎ B.by ‎ C.in ‎ D.at ‎6.Li Lei often gets up ____ seven o'clock on Sundays.‎ ‎ A.on ‎ B.in ‎ C.at ‎ D.for ‎7.They arrived early ____ a Tuesday morning.‎ ‎ A.on ‎ B.at ‎ C.in ‎ D.of ‎ ‎8.Macao(澳门)will return to our motherland ____ December 20th, 1999. ‎ ‎ A.on ‎ B.at ‎ C.in ‎ D.for ‎9.----When were you born?‎ ‎  ----I was born ____ August 25, 1983. ‎ ‎ A.on ‎ B.in ‎ C.at ‎ D.to ‎10.Let me show you the place ____ the map.‎ ‎ A.with ‎ B.on ‎ C.in ‎11.John knows ____ a computer.‎ ‎ A.how to use ‎ B.how use ‎ C.how uses ‎12.The visitors ____ Japan arrived ____ Beijing Station last Tuesday morning.‎ ‎ A.from; at ‎ B.of; to ‎ C.from; to ‎ D.of; on ‎ ‎13.The teacher will be back ____ an hour.‎ ‎ A.in ‎ B.after ‎ C.on ‎14.This programme was sent to the USA ____ China ____ satellite.‎ ‎ A.in; of ‎ B.of; in ‎ C.from; by ‎ D.by; from Ⅱ、用适当的介词填空:‎ ‎15.What's wrong ____ your watch? ‎ ‎16.One ____ the students is in the classroom.‎ ‎17.I think the shop is closed ____ this time of day.‎ ‎18.My father teaches English ____ a school.‎ ‎19.We have lunch ____ the middle of the day. ‎ ‎20.You can buy some school things ____ your way home.‎ ‎21.I was born ____ July 1, 1982.‎ ‎22.May I borrow a pencil ____ you?‎ ‎23.Don't sleep ____ the open air. ‎ ‎24.I often help my mother ____ _ the housework.‎ ‎25.It's time ____ school.‎ ‎26.I have quite a lot ____ homework to do.‎ ‎27.What's the time? It's half ____ seven.‎ ‎28.Ducks are good ____ swimming.‎ ‎29.What are you talking ____ ? ‎ ‎30.He is sitting ____ the front of the car. ‎ ‎31.The eraser was passed ____ one student ____ another.‎ ‎32.Did you live ____ Beijing in 1997?‎ ‎33.When did you arrive ____ the village?‎ ‎34.I think Mary is ____ duty today.‎ ‎35.Eating too much isn't good ____ your health. ‎ ‎36.I'm afraid he is ____ the cinema ____ the moment.‎ ‎37.Thanks ____ asking me to your party.‎ ‎38.My watch is very different ____ yours.‎ ‎39.What's the weather ____ today?‎ ‎40.The student is asking his teacher ____ the sports meeting.‎ ‎41.The farmers are all getting ready ____ the next year.‎ ‎42.The radio says the wind will stop later ____ the day.‎ ‎43.Let's go out ____ a walk, shall we?‎ ‎44.Tom, your mother is waiting ____ you. ‎ ‎45.We have noodles for lunch for lunch ____ times.‎ ‎46.Harerbin is ____ the north of China.‎ ‎47.The day ____ tomorrow will be windy.‎ ‎48.Don't worry ____ your test. ‎ ‎49.I don't know which is the way ____ the park.‎ ‎50.An old woman is ____ the side of the road. ‎ ‎51.____ the end of the road you'll see the hospital ‎52.He left Tokyo ____ a visit ____ Beijing.‎ ‎53.Don't laugh ____ other people's mistakes.‎ ‎54.He did this instead ____ me.‎ ‎55.The people here are very friendly ____ us. ‎ ‎56.Does he learn English ____ himself?‎ ‎57.I felt a little afraid ____ my teacher.‎ ‎58.I'm afraid he'll fall ____ the bike. ‎ ‎59.Help yourselves ____ some fish, Lily and Lucy.‎ ‎60.____ these words he left the classroom.‎ ‎61.It was a pleasure ____ me.‎ ‎62.I'm sorry I'm late ____ the meeting. ‎ ‎63.Study hard, or you won't catch up ____ your classmates.‎ ‎64.Not far ____ him was Lin Tao.Lin Tao ran fast, too.‎ ‎65.Mr Wu is going to tell us the result ____ once.‎ ‎66.He goes to school early ____ usual. ‎ ‎67.It's another way ____ saying fast.‎ ‎68.I'm sorry he doesn't agree ____ me. ‎ ‎69.He prefers playing football ____ playing basketball.‎ ‎70.What do you mean ____ baozhi?‎ ‎71.Don't play ____ fire.It's dangerous.‎ ‎72.He didn't go ____ bed until twelve o'clock.‎ ‎73.My teacher was angry ____ me.‎ ‎74.Someone is knocking ____ the door.‎ ‎75.Have you heard ____ Jim yet? ‎ ‎76.If you break the window, you'll have to pay ____ it. ‎ ‎77.I'm sorry.I won't talk to others in class ____ now on.‎ ‎78.What have you done ____ the milk? ‎ ‎79.The students walked ____ the gates with Uncle Wang.‎ ‎80.Are you ____ trouble, Jim?‎ ‎81.My mother is ill.I have to send ____ the doctor. ‎ ‎82.The doctor operated ____ my mother at once.‎ ‎83.The glass is full ____ milk. ‎ ‎84.I saw him ____ the crowd. ‎ ‎85.There are a group of sheep ____ the foot of the hill. ‎ ‎86.We are twins.People often mistake us ____ each other.‎ ‎87.The knife is made ____ metal and wood.‎ ‎88.Ships can travel ____ the world.‎ ‎89.He watched me ____ surprise.‎ ‎90.Choose my subject.Something about English, ____ example.‎ ‎91.Tie the horse ____ the tree. ‎ ‎92.Nothing can stop us ____ studying hard. ‎ ‎93.____ Mr Wang's help, I have passed the exam.‎ ‎94.Please cut the metal ____ some pieces. ‎ ‎95.I feel ____ going for a walk. ‎ ‎96.We can finish the work ____ a week.‎ ‎97.Are you interested ____ the film Titanic?‎ ‎98.Hundreds ____ years ago, there was a village here. ‎ ‎99.What ____ earth can you see? ‎ ‎100.When did you join us ____ the game? ‎ 参考答案 ‎1.D.在年代前面用介同in。‎ ‎2.A.full of是一个短语,意为“充满……”。‎ ‎3.B.给“谁”的礼物,用介词for,with表示“带(着)”。‎ ‎4.A.在年、月名称前用介词in,而在日期前则用on。‎ ‎5.C.be/get/become interested in 对……感兴趣。‎ ‎6.C.在“几点钟”,用at。‎ ‎7.A.在“早、午、晚”前面,用介词in,但在具体某一天的“早、午、晚”前则用on。‎ ‎8.A.‎ ‎9.A.在日期前用介词on。‎ ‎10.B.注意:on the map,on the paper,in the newspaper,in the book,这些短语中用不同的介词。‎ ‎11.A.teach,tell,ask,learn等动词后可接“疑问词+to不定式”结构作宾语。‎ ‎12.A.第一空填from表示“来自”;第二空填at是因为后面的名词中心词是station。‎ ‎13.A.in后面接表示一段时间的短语,用在一般将来时态中,表示“多长时间以后”。‎ ‎14.C.from表示“从……”,by satellite通过卫星。‎ ‎15.with.What’s wrong with sb./sth.?某人/某物怎么啦?‎ ‎16.of.one of… ……之一。此句的主语是one,of短语作定语。‎ ‎17.at.at this time of day 在一天当中的这个时候。‎ ‎18.at.at a(the)school在学校;at school在校读书。‎ ‎19.in.in the middle of 在……(时间、地点的)中间。‎ ‎20.on.on one's way(home)在某人(回家)的路上,way后面常接“to+名词短语”,表示……在去……的路上,因此句中的home是副词,故其前不加to。‎ ‎21.on ‎22.from.borrow…from从(某人或某处)借(入)某物。比较 lend sth.to sb.把某物借(出)给某人。‎ ‎23.in.in the open air“在野外/露天”,也可说成 in the open。‎ ‎24.with.help sb.with.sth.帮助某人做某事。‎ ‎25.for.注意 time的两种句型:It’s time for…(名词)。 It’stime to do sth.两个短语的意思都是:“该做某事了。”或“做某事的时间到了。”‎ ‎26.of.a lot of “许多”。该短语既可修饰可数名词,也可修饰不可数名词。此短语也可说成 lost of(多用于书面语)。‎ ‎27.past.past意为“过……(多少时间)”。‎ ‎28.at.be good at擅长……。‎ ‎29.about.talk about 谈论,talk to 和……交谈。‎ ‎30.in.in the front of……(物体内部)的前面。比较 in front of 在……(物体外部)的前面。‎ ‎31.from;to.from one to another从一个到另一个。‎ ‎32.in.在较大的地名前用介词in。‎ ‎33.at.到达小地方用介词at。‎ ‎34.on.on duty值班、值日。‎ ‎35.for,be good/bad for表示客观事物对某人如何,所以其它主语多为something或动名词。be good/kind/friendly/bad to 多指某人对某人如何,其主语多为somebody。‎ ‎36.at; at.at the cinema 在电影院,at the moment 此刻、现在。‎ ‎37.for.Thanks(Thank you)for(doing)sth.谢谢你(做某事)。‎ ‎38.from.different from…与…不同。‎ ‎39.like.like意为“象……”。‎ ‎40.to.ask sb.to sth.邀请某人参加某项活动。‎ ‎41.for.get ready for为……准备。‎ ‎42.in.in the day在白天,也中说成 in the daytime。‎ ‎43.for.go out for a walk出去散步。‎ ‎44.for.wait for等待。‎ ‎45.at.at times有时,间或。‎ ‎46.in.in the north of 在……(内部的)北部。‎ ‎47.after.the day after tomorrow后天。‎ ‎48.about.worry about为……担心。‎ ‎49.to.50.at 51.At。at the end在……的末端,末尾。‎ ‎52.for;to.for a visit中的for表目的;a visit to…表“参观 ‎53.at.laugh at嘲笑。‎ ‎54.of.instead of代替。‎ ‎55.to.56.by oneself。由自己。‎ ‎57.of.feel afraid of感到害怕……,be afraid of害怕……。‎ ‎58.off.fall off从……上摔下来。‎ ‎59.to.help oneself to sth.随便吃/用/拿某物。‎ ‎60.With.With these words说完这些话。‎ ‎61.for.表示“(客观上)对……来说”。‎ ‎62.for.be late for(做某事)迟到了。‎ ‎63.with.catch up with 赶上。‎ ‎64.behind.表示Lin Tao在he的后面。此处用behind强调前后位置。far后面还可接介词from,表示“远离”。‎ ‎65.at.at once立即。‎ ‎66.as.as usual象往常一样。‎ ‎67.of.way of doing sth.做某事的方法。way后面还可接to不定式做定语。‎ ‎68.with.agree with同意某人的看法。‎ ‎69.to.prefer(doing)sth.to(doing)sth.喜欢……胜过喜欢 ‎70.by.What do you mean by…?你(那么)说是什么意思?‎ ‎71.with.play with 玩弄……‎ ‎72.to ‎ ‎73.with.be angry with 生某人的气。‎ ‎74.at.knock at(on)敲。‎ ‎75.from.hear from收到某人的来信。‎ ‎76.for.pay for付……的钱。此处作“赔偿”讲。‎ ‎77.from.from now on从今往后。‎ ‎78.with.do with处理、对付。‎ ‎79.through ‎ ‎80.in.in trouble陷入困境。‎ ‎81.for.send for派人去请。‎ ‎82.on.operate on给……做手术。‎ ‎83.of ‎ ‎84.among.among the crowd在人群中 ‎85.at.at the foot of在……脚下 ‎86.for.mistake…for…把……错当成……。‎ ‎87.of.be made of由……制成(看得见原材料)。比较 be madefrom 由……制成(看不见原材料)。‎ ‎88.around.around the world全世界。‎ ‎89.in.in.surprise惊奇地。‎ ‎90.for.for example“例如”。可置于句首、句中或句尾,只举出一个例子。‎ ‎91.to.tie…to…把……绑在……上。‎ ‎92.from.stop sb.from doing sth.阻止某人做某事。‎ ‎93.With.with one’s help在……的帮助下。‎ ‎94.into.cut…into pieces把……切成碎片。‎ ‎95.like.feel like(doing)sth.想要(做)某物(事)。‎ ‎96.in.in前面用can之类的情态动词,in表示“在……(多长时间)之内”;in与一般将来时连用,表示“在……(多长时间)之后。”‎ ‎97.in ‎98.of.hundreds of数以百计的。‎ ‎99.on.此处意为“到底、究竟”,用在疑问词后。on earth还可指“在世界上、在人世间”。‎ ‎100.in.join sb.in sth.参加某人的活动。 ‎ 五、代词 Ⅰ.选择填空 ‎1.He can't hear you, because there is ____ noise here ‎ A.very much ‎ B.too much ‎ C.much too ‎ D.so many ‎2.____ name is Han Meimai. ‎ ‎ A.Herself ‎ B.Hers ‎ C.She ‎ D.Her ‎3.All of us were invited, but ____ of us came ‎ A.neither ‎ B.none ‎ C.both ‎4.The weather in Shanghai is different from ____ ‎ ‎ A.Baotou ‎ B.Baotou weather ‎ C.that in Baotou ‎ D.those of Baotou ‎5.There isn't ____ water in the cup.‎ ‎ A.any ‎ B.many ‎ C.some ‎ D.the ‎6.----Is this ____ pen?‎ ‎  ----No, ____ is on my desk.‎ ‎ A.your; my ‎ B.yours; my ‎ C.your; mine ‎ D.yours; mine ‎7.The bottle is empty. There is ____ in it.‎ ‎ A.anything ‎ B.something ‎ C.nothing ‎8.----Look! We have ____ sugar.‎ ‎  ----Really? Let's go and buy some.‎ ‎ A.few ‎ B.a few ‎ C.little ‎ D.a little ‎9.There isn't ____ milk in the fridge. You'd better buy some.‎ ‎ A.no ‎ B.any ‎ C.some ‎10.----“There isn't ____ water here. Could you get ____ for me?”‎ ‎  ----“All ringht.”‎ ‎ A.some; some ‎ B.any; any ‎ C.some; any ‎ D.any; some ‎11.Today, ____ trees are still being cut down somewhere in the world.‎ ‎ A.much too ‎ B.too much ‎ C.many too ‎ D.too many ‎12.There are lots of English books here, and ____ of them is easy to understand.‎ ‎ A.both ‎ B.all ‎ C.every ‎ D.each ‎13.Is the shirt on the bed ____ ?‎ ‎ A.yours ‎ B.your ‎ C.you ‎14.Mr Green taught ____ English last year.‎ ‎ A.our ‎ B.we ‎ C.us ‎15.These sweaters are too small for me. Please show me ____ one.‎ ‎ A.other ‎ B.others ‎ C.the others ‎ D.another ‎16.Mary can't go with us. ____ has to look after ____ mother at home.‎ ‎ A.She; his ‎ B.She; her ‎ C.He; her ‎ D.He; His ‎17.There isn't ____ paper in the box. Will you go and get ____ for me?‎ ‎ A.any; some ‎ B.any; any ‎ C.some; some ‎ D.some; any ‎18.I often help ____ .‎ ‎ A.he or she ‎ B.his and her ‎ C.him and her ‎ D.his and hers ‎19.There are some trees on ____ side of the street.‎ ‎ A.both ‎ B.all ‎ C.either ‎ D.every ‎20.“Which of the two dictionaries do you like better?”“I like ____ , because they're not useful.”‎ ‎ A.both ‎ B.either ‎ C.all ‎ D.neither ‎21.They were all very tired, but ____ of them would stop to take a rest.‎ ‎ A.any ‎ B.some ‎ C.none ‎ D.neither ‎22.There were ____ people and noise in the park last Sunday.‎ ‎ A.many; much ‎ B.much; much ‎ C.much; many ‎ D.many; many ‎23.____ of them has a dictionary and ____ one of them can look up words in the dictionary.‎ ‎ A.Each; every ‎ B.Every; each ‎ C.Each; each ‎ D.Every; every ‎24.Please keep together. We want ____ of you to get lost.‎ ‎ A.none ‎ B.some ‎ C.many ‎ D.any ‎25.There is ____ water here; but there are quite ____ empty glasses. ‎ ‎ A.little; a few ‎ B.few; little ‎ C.few; a few ‎ D.little; a little ‎26.The skirt is ____ . She made it ____ .‎ ‎ A.hers; herself ‎ B.her; herself ‎ C.herself; hers ‎ D.herself; her ‎27.“Haven't you forgotten ____ ?”“ ____ ,oh, I forgot my bag.”‎ ‎ A.anything; Excuse me ‎ B.something; Excuse me ‎ C.something; Pardon ‎ D.everything; Pardon ‎28.Be quiet! I have ____ to tell you.‎ ‎ A.important anything ‎ B.anything important ‎ C.important something ‎ D.something important ‎29.My father is very busy with his work. He has ____ time to do the housework.‎ ‎ A.little ‎ B.few ‎ C.a little ‎ D.a few ‎30.---- ____ of the boys in Class Four are playing games.‎ ‎  ----____.‎ ‎ A.All ‎ B.Each ‎ C.The both ‎ D.None ‎31.The boy promised ____ mother never to lie to ____ again.‎ ‎ A.his; him ‎ B.her; her ‎ C.her; him ‎ D.his; her ‎32.“Would you like some milk in your tea?”“Yes, just ____ .”‎ ‎ A.much ‎ B.a little ‎ C.a few ‎ D.little ‎33.____ school is much larger than ____ .‎ ‎ A.Their; our ‎ B.Their; ours ‎ ‎ C.Theirs; ours ‎ D.Theirs; our ‎34.Put it down, Richard. You mustn't read ____ letter. ‎ ‎ A.anyone's else's ‎ B.anyone's else ‎ C.anyone else's ‎ D.anyone else ‎35.He found ____ very interesting to ride a horse. ‎ ‎ A.this ‎ B.that ‎ C.it ‎ D.which ‎36.Han Meimei, what about ____ to eat?‎ ‎ A.everything ‎ B.something ‎ C.nothing ‎ D.anything ‎37.____ office is much smaller than ____ .‎ ‎ A.Ours; yours ‎ B.Our; yours ‎ C.Theirs; our ‎ D.Your; their ‎38.“Help ____ to some meat, Mary,”my aunt said to me.‎ ‎ A.themselves ‎ B.ourselves ‎ C.yourself ‎ D.himself ‎39.There are twenty teachers in this grade.Eight of them are women teachers and ____ are men teachers.‎ ‎ A.the other ‎ B.the others ‎ C.others ‎ D.other ‎40.Though they had cleaned the floor, there was still ____ water on it.‎ ‎ A.little ‎ B.a little ‎ C.few ‎ D.a few  ‎ 参考答案 ‎1.B.too much只能修饰不可数名词, much too 修饰形容词或副词, very much可修饰动词;many只能修饰可数名词,不能修饰不可数名词。‎ ‎2.D.her作物主代词,意为“她的”,注意her还可作she的宾格。‎ ‎3.B.句意:“我们都接到邀请,但我们谁没来。”none是all的反义词,表示“(三者以上的)没有一个(人或物)。”‎ ‎4.C.that作为代词。代替主语 weather. A项错误在于Baotou与前面的主语 weather不相对应,无法比较。代词that既可代替不可数名词,也可代替单数可数名词。‎ ‎5.A.any用于疑问句和否定句,some用于肯定句。‎ ‎6.C.your是形容词性物主代词,只能作定语修饰名词; mine是名词性物主代词,可作主语、表语和宾语,但不能作定语。‎ ‎7.C.空白处填nothing是与前一句的 empty相呼应、吻合的。‎ ‎8.C.从后一句“去买些糖”可知“糖不多了”。little的意思是“少”,有否定含义,只能修饰不可数名词, a little是“一点”,有肯定含义。few和a few是修饰或代替可数名词,前者否定,后者肯定。‎ ‎9.B.肯定句中用some,疑问句和否定句中用any。‎ ‎10.D.前一句是否定句,故用any ;后一句是说话者恳请别人做某事,希望对方同意,并认为对方能同意,故用some。‎ ‎11.D.too much只能修饰不可数名词,too many只修饰可数名词;A项只修饰形容词或副词;C项本身就是错误的。‎ ‎12.D.every和each都作“每一个”讲,但every只能作定语;each既可作定语,还可作主语、宾语、同位语等成分。both和all作主语(代替可数名词),谓语动词应用复数。‎ ‎13.A ‎14.C.代词作宾语应用标本宾格,us是we的宾格。‎ ‎15.D.other意为“别的、其它的”,可修饰单数名词,也可修饰复数名词。others表示“别人”或“别的事物”,是泛指的复数概念。the other是特指的“其余的(人或物)”。another是泛指的“另一个(人或物)。”‎ ‎16.B.She在句中作主语,故用主格,her作物主代词。‎ ‎17.A.‎ ‎18.C.代词作宾语应用宾格。‎ ‎19.C.此处的either可换用each; both后修饰复数名词。‎ ‎20.D.后一个分句说“没有用”,当然是“两个都不喜欢。”‎ ‎21.C.前一句说“她们都累了”,后一句说“他们都不愿停下来休息”,故填none.‎ ‎22.A.“人多(many)”故然“噪音大(much)”。‎ ‎23.A.each可作主语,而every不能,故第一空填each。every 和each 都不可作定语,但every强调全体,而each强调“个体”,故第二空填every。‎ ‎24.A.前一句说“让大家靠近些”。后一句是说希望大家谁也不要掉队,故用none。‎ ‎25.A.前一空填little,表示“水很少”.第二空填a few,修饰可数名词 glasses,注意quite a few的意思是“好几个”。‎ ‎26.A.注意第二句中的herself意为“亲自”。‎ ‎27.A.乙方说“Excuse me”,是表示他正在查点他的东西。‎ ‎28.D.形容词修饰something、anything之类的复合不定代词应后置。‎ ‎29.A.“我的父亲”忙于工作,故几乎没有时间做家务,故用little.‎ ‎30.A.填all,表示“所有的男孩”都在做游戏。B项的each作主语,are应改为is。C项本身就是错的,the不能放在both前。因为此句没有表示否定含义(即选none的条件),故不能选之。‎ ‎31.D.句意:“那个男孩向他妈妈许诺再也不对她撒谎了。”promise sb.(never) to do sth.向某人许诺(永远不)做某事了。 lie to sb.对某人撒谎。‎ ‎32.B.just a little只来一点;just a few只有几个。‎ ‎33.B.‎ ‎34.C.此题考查else的所有格形式,else修饰复合不定代词需后置,其所有格形式是在else后加’s,因此在anyone后加’s是没有道理的。‎ ‎35.C.it 做形式宾语,代替在句尾作真正宾语的不定式短语to ride a horse,very interesting是形容词短语作宾语补足语。注意此句型结构:“find+it+名词/形容词/分词+to do sth.”‎ ‎36.B.用something表示邀请。如用 anything则非邀请,而是单纯的询问。‎ ‎37.B.‎ ‎38.C.yourself与后面的me相对应。‎ ‎39.B,除了八位女教师之外的“余者(the others)”是男教师 ‎40.B.地板上还“有点儿(a little)水”。 ‎ 四、形容词、副词 Ⅰ.选择填空 ‎1.The white shirt is as ____ as the yellow one.‎ ‎ A.cheap ‎ B.cheaper ‎ C.cheapest ‎ D.the cheapest ‎2.These shoes are much too ____ for me.‎ ‎ A.big ‎ B.bigger ‎ C.biggest ‎ D.the biggest ‎3.It was ____ yesterday than today.‎ ‎ A.much hot ‎ B.more hotter ‎ C.the hottest ‎ D.hotter ‎4.The fifth crange is ____ of all. Give it to that small child ‎ A.big ‎ B.bigger ‎ C.the bigger ‎ D.the biggest ‎5.Lin Tao jumped ____ of all the students at the school sports meeting ‎ A.farther ‎ B.farthest ‎ C.far ‎ D.high ‎6.I think that's ____ piece of music at the moment.‎ ‎ A.more popular ‎ B.the most popular ‎ C.popular ‎ D.most popular ‎7.My daughter is doing ____ this month than last month.‎ ‎ A.much good ‎ B.very well ‎ C.much better ‎ D.well ‎8.This box is ____ that one.‎ ‎ A.heavy than ‎ B.so heavy than ‎ C.heavier as ‎ D.as heavy as ‎9.Which colour do you like ____ , white, red ____ yellow?‎ ‎ A.more; and ‎ B.better; and ‎ C.best; or ‎ D.much; or ‎10.Of all the stars ,the sun is ____ to us.‎ ‎ A.near ‎ B.nearer ‎ C.the nearest ‎ D.father ‎11.Winter is ____ than summer.‎ ‎ A.hotter ‎ B.colder ‎ C.warmer ‎ D.cool ‎12.In this country, it's very ____ in November, but it's even ____ in December.‎ ‎ A.cold; cold ‎ B.cold; colder ‎ C.colder; cold ‎ D.colder; coldest ‎13.No one runs as fast as Joho in his class. The sentence means ____ ‎ ‎ A.John runs fastest in his class ‎ B.John runs faster than any other boy in this class.‎ ‎ C.John runs more slowly than any other student in his class ‎ D.John runs as fast as others in his class ‎14.He ran and ran, but he couldn't run ____ to catch the bus.‎ ‎ A.fast enough ‎ B.quick enough ‎ C.enough fast ‎ D.enough quickly ‎15.The sweater is very beautiful, but it's ____ dear.‎ ‎ A.too much ‎ B.much too ‎ C.many ‎ D.more ‎16.Li Lei didn't run ____ to ____ Liu Feng ‎ A.enough quickly; catch up ‎ B.fast enough; catch up with ‎ C.quickly enough; keep up ‎ D.enough fast; catch up with ‎17.----Why were you shouting?‎ ‎  ----Alice asked me to speak more ____ The line was bad ‎ A.noisily ‎ B.quietly ‎ C.politely ‎ D.loudly ‎18.----Can yon understand me?‎ ‎  ----Sorry, I can ____ understand you.‎ ‎ A.hardly ‎ B.almost ‎ C.nearly ‎ D.ever ‎19.She is ____ to go to school ‎ A.old enough ‎ B.enough old ‎ C.big enough ‎ D.enough big ‎20.Look outside! It's blowing ____ .‎ ‎ A.strong ‎ B.strongly ‎ C.heavy ‎ D.heavily ‎21.Look! The children are playing ____ . They are always ____ ‎ ‎ A.happy; happy ‎ B.happily; happily ‎ C.happily; happy ‎ D.happy, happily ‎22.We can't put this basket in the car. The car's ____ full ‎ A.so ‎ B.too ‎ C.very ‎23.He likes to do some reading in the morning ____ ‎ ‎ A.So do I ‎ B.So am I ‎ C.So did I ‎ D.So I do ‎24.----Basketball is the most popular game in America. ‎ ‎  ---- ____ .‎ ‎ A.So does it ‎ B.So it does ‎ C.So is it ‎ D.So it is ‎25.Don't go out. It's raining ____ .‎ ‎ A.heavy ‎ B.heavily ‎ C.loudly ‎ D.hardly ‎26.They went back to Shanghai last summer. And ____ .‎ ‎ A.I did so ‎ B.so did I ‎ C.I do so ‎ D.so do I ‎27.Mrs Zhang is too ____ to go on walking.‎ ‎ A.strong ‎ B.tall ‎ C.kind ‎ D.tired ‎28.We have never seen ____ film before. It's very interesting.‎ ‎ A.so a good ‎ B.a so good ‎ C.such a good ‎ D.a such good ‎29.Li Lei prefers maths to Chinese. But I think Chinese is much ____ .‎ ‎ A.useful ‎ B.very useful ‎ C.the most useful ‎ D.more useful ‎30.You don't look so ____ as usual. Why not go to see a doctor?‎ ‎ A.well ‎ B.better ‎ C.badly ‎ D.worse ‎31.We will have a ____ holiday after the exam.‎ ‎ A.two month ‎ B.two-month ‎ C.two month's ‎ D.two-months ‎32.Thanks to man- made satellites, the world itself is becoming a ____ smaller place.‎ ‎ A.much ‎ B.more ‎ C.much more ‎ D.most ‎33.India is the second ____ population in the world.‎ ‎ A.most ‎ B.largest ‎ C.more ‎ D.many ‎34.I think football is ____ basketball in America.‎ ‎ A.more popular ‎ B.so popular as ‎ C.as popular as ‎ D.less popular ‎35.“Are you feeling ____ ? ”“Yes, I'm fine now.”‎ ‎ A.any well ‎ B.any better ‎ C.quite good ‎ D.quite better ‎36.The population is growing faster in ____ developed countries than in ____ developed  countries.‎ ‎ A.more; less ‎ B.less; more ‎ C.more; less ‎ D.little; more ‎37.Most of the people in Guang dong are getting ____ .‎ ‎ A.more and more rich ‎ B.more rich and more rich ‎ C.richer and richer ‎ D.richer and richest ‎38.Our school is becoming ____ .‎ ‎ A.more beautiful and beautiful ‎ B.more and more beautiful ‎ C.more beautiful and more beautiful ‎ D.beautiful and beautiful ‎39.____ you speak English, ____ your spoken English will be.‎ ‎ A.The more; better ‎ B.More; the better ‎ C.More; better ‎ D.The more; the better ‎40.John Smith is ____ of the two young men.‎ ‎ A.strong ‎ B.stronger ‎ C.the stronger ‎ D.the strongest ‎41.Which is ____ country, Canada or Australia?‎ ‎ A.large ‎ B.a larger ‎ C.larger ‎ D.the larger ‎42.“How was the old man this morning?” “He looked ____ .”‎ ‎ A.happy ‎ B.happily ‎ C.to be happy ‎ D.to be happily ‎43.I didn't see much during the flight because there was ____ cloud.‎ ‎ A.too many ‎ B.too much ‎ C.much too ‎ D.a lot ‎44.I've no time because I've ____ work to do and ____ books to read.‎ ‎ A.many; many ‎ B.many; much ‎ C.much; many ‎ D.much; much ‎45.Two fishermen saw ____ in the sky while they were fishing by a lake.‎ ‎ A.something strange ‎ B.anything strange ‎ C.strange something ‎ D.strange anything ‎46.She is ____ than any other girl in her class.‎ ‎ A.thinner ‎ B.thiner ‎ C.thin ‎ D.the thinnest ‎47.She is ____ careful as I, but I'm ____ than you.‎ ‎ A.as; much careful ‎ B.as; much more careful ‎ C.so; more careful ‎ D.so; very careful ‎48.Bob did ____ in the maths exam than Tom.‎ ‎ A.bad ‎ B.badly ‎ C.worse ‎ D.worst ‎49.Who jumped ____ of all in the long jump?“Ann did.”‎ ‎ A.longest ‎ B.longer ‎ C.farther ‎ D.furthest ‎50.A taxi doesn't run as ____ as an underground train.‎ ‎ A.fast ‎ B.faster ‎ C.fastest ‎ D.more fast ‎51.“Does Mary work carefully?”“Yes, I think she works ____ in our class.”‎ ‎ A.much carefully ‎ B.more carefully ‎ C.most carefully ‎ D.much more carefully ‎52.“Haven't you finished your work?”“ ____ .”‎ ‎ A.Not yet ‎ B.Not still ‎ C.Not already ‎ D.Ever ‎53.The driver is very ____ .He often drives his car ____ .‎ ‎ A.careful; careful ‎ B.carefully; carefully ‎ C.carefully; careful ‎ D.careful; carefully ‎54.The old writer lives ____ , but he doesn't feel ____ .‎ ‎ A.alone; alone ‎ B.alone; lonely ‎ C.lonely; lonely ‎ D.lonely; alone ‎55.All of us feel surprised that ____ a little boy can eat ____ much food.‎ ‎ A.such; so ‎ B.so; so ‎ C.such; such ‎ D.so; such ‎56.The fat man always says his meat looks ____ and sells ____ .‎ ‎ A.good; good ‎ B.well; well ‎ C.good; well ‎ D.well; good ‎57.“Will you give this message to Mr Smith, please?”“Sorry, I can't. He ____ .”‎ ‎ A.doesn't any more work here ‎ B.doesn't any longer here work ‎ C.doesn't work any more here ‎ D.doesn't work here any longer ‎58.“I haven't been to Guangzhou yet.”“I haven't been there yet, ____ .”‎ ‎ A.too ‎ B.also ‎ C.either ‎ D.neither ‎59.“Do you think she is the most clever?”“ ____ .”‎ ‎ A.More or less ‎ B.Most or least ‎ C.Much or little ‎ D.Many or few ‎60.Jack didn't run ____ to catch the bus.‎ ‎ A.enough fast ‎ B.fast enough ‎ C.enough slow ‎ D.slowly enough ‎ 参考答案 ‎1.A.as…as结构中应用形容词或副词的原级。‎ ‎2.A.此题无比较对象,所以不属比较等级句型。‎ ‎3.D.句中有than,故用比较级。‎ ‎4.D.三者以上的比较应用最高级。‎ ‎5.B.of all the students 指三者以上进行比较,故应用最高级。又因此处的 farthest是副词最高级,故其前加不加 the都可。‎ ‎6.B.比较对象是在“当时”诸多的音乐中,故用最高级。‎ ‎7.C.句中有than,故用比较级。‎ ‎8.D.其它三个选项表达都不对。‎ ‎9.C.有三个比较对象,故用最高级。‎ ‎10.C.因句首有“of all the stars,故用最高级”。‎ ‎11.B.同3小题。‎ ‎12.B.第一个分句属非比较等级句型,第二个分句以前作为比较对象,故用比较级。‎ ‎13.A.此题考查单句释义。前一个句是用as…as句型表达最高级含义,注意此种句型的方语只有是 no one、 nobody或nothing之类的带有否定含义的不定代词时,才能表达最高级含义。‎ ‎14.A.enough修饰名词前置,修饰形容词或副词后置。但如果enough代一个短语时,也可放在名词后边。例如:There is enough food for all of us.‎ ‎15.B.much too后修饰形容词或副词; too much可单独使用。如:This is too much for her. 这对她太过分了。也可修饰不可数名词。如:There's too much work for him to ‎ do. 他日理万机。‎ ‎16.B.enough修饰形容词或副词时应后置。A、D项错误都是enough位置不对。 C项错误在于keep up用的不对,其后加上with才有“赶上”的意思。‎ ‎17.D.因 Alice 听不见,所以说话者才大声喊。loudly大声地,noisily喧闹地,quietly静静地,politely礼貌地。‎ ‎18.A.hardly意为“几乎不”,是一个带有否定含义的副词。‎ ‎19.A.enough修饰形容词应后置。‎ ‎20.B.风“刮得大”可说blow hard或 blow strongly。雨(雪)“下得大”可说 rain (snow) hard/heavily。‎ ‎21.C.一般说来,副词修饰动词,而形容词多作表语或定语。‎ ‎22.B.too意为“太……”,有“过分”的含义。后一句是前句的原因。‎ ‎23.A.“So do I.”在此句中意为“我也喜欢。”“So+助动词+主语”表示某人也同前者的情况相同。该句型主语与前句主语不同。‎ ‎24.D.So it is. 确实是这样。“So+主语+助动词”表示情况的确如此。此句型主语与前句相同。‎ ‎25.B ‎26.B.“so +助动词+主语”表示“某人(与主语不同的别人)也如此。”“So +主语+动词。”表示“某人(与前句主语一致)确实如此。”‎ ‎27.D.根据句中情景与Walking相关的只有tired。句意为“张太太累得走不动了。”‎ ‎28.C.such加形容词修饰单数可数名词的词序应为:“such a (an) + 形容词+名词”;so加形容词修饰单数可数名词的词序应为:“so +形容词+ a (an) +名词”。如题中的“such…”部分也说成 so good a film。‎ ‎29.D.此题中的“数学”与“汉语”相比较,故用比较级。‎ ‎30.A.考查句型是as…as结构的否定形式,故用形容词well(身体好)的原级。‎ ‎31.B.two-month是只能作定语的复合形容词。如有名词则应说two months'。‎ ‎32.A.此句意为:“由于有了人造卫星,全世界变得小得多了。”注意此题不要误选C项。因为smaller已经是比较级了,其前不能再加more。‎ ‎33.B.表示“第几(最)……”应用“the +序数词+形容词最高级”结构。‎ ‎34.C.此题可用排除法选取答案。 A项的 more popular后缺than;B项的.popular as只能用于否定句;D项的 less popular后也缺than,故只能选C项。‎ ‎35.B.any不能修饰形容词原级,quite不能修饰比较级,故排除A、D. good不表“身体好”,故排除C。‎ ‎36.B.此句意为“欠发达国家人口增长速度比发达国家人口增长得快”。 less developed欠发达的:more devloped比较发达的。‎ ‎37.C.richer and richer越来越富。‎ ‎38.B.more and more beautiful越来越美丽。‎ ‎39.D.句意:“你英语说得越多,你的英语口语就会越好”。Spoken English“英语口语。”‎ ‎40.C ‎41.D.形容词比较级作定语,且在两个物体中间作比较,应在比较级前加定冠词the。此题若去掉country,则不能加the. 如:Which is larger, Canada or Australia?‎ ‎42.A.happy是形容词作表语。‎ ‎43.B.cloud在本句中是不可数名词,故用 too much,而不能用 too many。‎ ‎44.C.work是不可数名词,book是可数名词,所以其修饰词分别用much和many。‎ ‎45.A.复合不定代词的定语形容词要后置。‎ ‎46.A.此句是比较级句型表示最高级含义。注意此类句型than从句中都带any (other) 或anyone/anybody/anything/anywhere等词。‎ ‎47.B.句意:“她和我一样认真,但我比你认真得多”。‎ ‎48.C                         49.A                       50.A ‎51.C.most carefully是副词最高级,注意副词最高级前可加the,也可不加。‎ ‎52.A.Not yet意为“还没有”。它是“I haven't finished my work yet. ”的省略形式。‎ ‎53.D.第一空是careful的形容词作表语;第二空的carefully是副词作状语,修饰谓语动词drives。‎ ‎54.B.句意:“那位老作家独居,但他并不感到孤独”。alone是表语形容同,也可作副词,意为“独自一人的”,lonely既可作表语,也可作定语,意为“孤独的、寂寞的”,还有“荒僻的”意思。‎ ‎55.A.such修饰名词,常见结构有“such a (an) +(形容词)+ 单数可数名词”,“such ‎+(形容词)+不可数名词/复数可数名词”。so修饰形容词或副词,常见结构有“so +形容词/副词”;“so +形容词+ a (an) +单数可数名词。”但在“many/much/little(少)/few +名词”结构中其前用so,而不能加 such,此题就是一例。‎ ‎56.C.第一空填good是形容词作表语,意为“看起来不错”。well是副词作状语,修饰动词sell。‎ ‎57.D.not…any longer意为“不再”。注意前三个选项语序都有问题。‎ ‎58.C.either作副词表示“也(不)”。‎ ‎59.A.more or less或多或少,在某种程度上。‎ ‎60.B.enough修饰副词须后置。  ‎ 三、数词 Ⅰ.选择填空 ‎1.There are ____ days in a year.‎ ‎ A.three hundreds sixty-five ‎ B.three hundreds and sixty five ‎ C.three hundred and sixty-five ‎ D.three hundred and sixty five ‎2.December is ____ month of the year.‎ ‎ A.the twelfth ‎ B.the twelveth ‎ C.twelve ‎ D.a twelfth ‎3.____ trees are cut down in the forests every year ‎ A.Thousand ‎ B.Thousand of ‎ C.Thousands ‎ D.Thouasnds of ‎4.There are over two ____ students in our school ‎ A.thousand ‎ B.thousands ‎ C.thousand of ‎ D.thousands of ‎5.The Olympic Games are held ____ .‎ ‎ A.each four year ‎ B.every fourth years ‎ C.every four years ‎ D.each fourth years ‎6.About ____ of the workers in the clothes factory are women ‎ A.third fifths ‎ B.third fifth ‎ C.three fifths ‎ D.three fifth ‎7.Look! There are ____ in the sky.‎ ‎ A.thousand stars ‎ B.thousands stars ‎ C.thousands of stars ‎ D.thousands of star ‎8.____ is the most difficult in this book.‎ ‎ A.Lesson second ‎ B.The second lesson ‎ C.Second lesson ‎ D.The Lesson Two ‎9.----Meimei, how many students are there in your school?‎ ‎  ----About ____ .‎ ‎ A.two thousands ‎ B.two thousand ‎ C.two thousands of students ‎ D.two thousand of students ‎10.We are going to learn ____ tomorrow.‎ ‎ A.Lesson Tenth ‎ B.Lesson Ten ‎ C.Tenth Lesson ‎ D.The Lesson Ten ‎11.Kate is ____ girl.‎ ‎ A.a eighteen-year-old ‎ B.an eighteen-years-old ‎ C.a eighteen-years-old ‎ D.an eighteen-year-old ‎12.The beautiful hotel is about ____ years old.‎ ‎ A.hundred of ‎ B.a hundred ‎ C.a hundred of ‎ D.hundreds ‎13.“Li lei, which is ____ day of a week?”“Thursday, I think.”‎ ‎ A.fifth ‎ B.the fifth ‎ C.five ‎ D.the five ‎14.There were ____ visitors in Hong Kong on July 1, 1997‎ ‎ A.thousands ‎ B.thousand ‎ C.thousands of ‎ D.thousand of ‎15.We have learned about ____ these years.‎ ‎ A.several hundreds English words ‎ B.hundreds of English words ‎ C.hundred of English words ‎ D.several hundred English word ‎16.There are ____ students in our school.‎ ‎ A.eight hundred and fifty four ‎ B.eight hundred and fifty-four ‎ C.hundred of English words ‎ D.several hundred English word ‎17.There are ____ in our town.‎ ‎ A.three throusand and eighty-six ‎ B.three thousands and eighty-six ‎ C.three thousand and eighty six ‎ D.three thousands eighty six ‎18.There are about ____ books in our school library.‎ ‎ A.five thousand, three hundred and forty-five ‎ B.five thousands and three tundreds and forty-five ‎ C.five thousands, three hundred and forty-five ‎ D.five thousand, three hundreds and forty-five ‎19.Six million, six hundred and sixty-six thousand, six hundred and sixty-six is ____ .‎ ‎ A.6,666,666‎ ‎ B.666,666,666‎ ‎ C.6,600,666‎ ‎ D.60,600,666‎ ‎20.____ other stars are much bigger and brighter than the sun.‎ ‎ A.Thousands of ‎ B.Thousand of ‎ C.The thousand of ‎ D.Thousands ‎21.A UN report says that the world population will pass six billion by the end of ____ century.‎ ‎ A.twentieth ‎ B.twenty ‎ C.the twentieth ‎ D.twentyth ‎22.Two days are not enough for me to finish the work. I need ____ day.‎ ‎ A.other ‎ B.the other ‎ C.the third ‎ D.a third ‎23.There are ____ children in the room. The ____ one from the left is my brother.‎ ‎ A.fouth; four ‎ B.four; fourth ‎ C.four; four ‎24.____ of the apples in the fruit bowl are soft and sweet.‎ ‎ A.Two-third ‎ B.Second-third ‎ C.Two-thirds ‎ D.Second-thrids ‎25.September is ____ month of the year.‎ ‎ A.nine ‎ B.nineth ‎ C.the ninth ‎ D.the nineth ‎26.The American film TITANIC will begin at two this afternoon. Shall we meet at ____ at the cinema gate?‎ ‎ A.forty past one ‎ B.half past two ‎ C.two to two ‎ D.fifty past one ‎ 参考答案 ‎1.C.在英语数词表达中,要注意“百”和“十”之间要用连词and,十位和个位之间要用连字符“-”。‎ ‎2.A.在序数词之前要加定冠词the。‎ ‎3.D.thousands of数以千计的,hundreds of数以百计的, millions of数百万的。注意此类短语中的数词后都要加s。‎ ‎4.A ‎5.C.every four years意为“每隔三年”。‎ ‎6.C.在英语分数词表达中,分子用基数词,分母用序数词,如果分子大于一,作为分母的序数词后要加s。‎ ‎7.C ‎8.B.表示事物的顺序时,既可用基数词,也可用序数词,只是语序不同而已。如“第二课”也可说成 Lesson Two。‎ ‎9.B.一般情况下数词后面是不加s的。‎ ‎10.B 11.D.注意 eighteen-year-old是一个只作定语的复合形容词,其中的year不能用复数形式。‎ ‎12.B ‎13.B.每周的第一天从星期日算起,所以星期四是一周的“第五天”。‎ ‎14.C 15.B.hundreds of之类的短语之前也可加many,several之类的词修饰。A项错误在于hundreds后缺少of。‎ ‎16.B 17.A 18.A ‎19.A.此句表达的是“六百六十六万六千六百六十六”。‎ ‎20.A ‎21.C.表示“几世纪”应用序数词。‎ ‎22.D.前一句说“两天时间我完成不了这项工作”,因此“还需要一天(a third day)”。如果用 the third day则表示“第三天”。‎ ‎23.B.注意 the fourth one from the left意为“左起第四人”。‎ ‎24.C ‎25.C.“九月”固然是“一年当中的第九个月”。‎ ‎26.D.此题考查时间表达法。 Half past two也可说成 two thirty,意为“两点半”。 ‎ 二、冠同 Ⅰ.选择填空 ‎1.There'll be ____ evening party in the garden next Friday.‎ ‎ A.a ‎ B.the ‎ C./‎ ‎ D.an ‎2.She is ____ useful member of ____ team.‎ ‎ A.a; the ‎ B.the; the ‎ C.an; the ‎ D.a; a ‎3.Here is ____ basket. ____ _ basket is mine.‎ ‎ A.a; The ‎ B.the; An ‎ C.a; A ‎ D.the; A ‎4.Is Canada ____ English-speaking country?‎ ‎ A.a ‎ B.an ‎ C.the ‎ D./‎ ‎5.----What would you like?‎ ‎  ---- ____ apple, please.‎ ‎ A.A ‎ B.An ‎ C.The ‎ D./‎ ‎6.Here's ____ exercise book. Is it ____ ?‎ ‎ A.a; his ‎ B.an; her ‎ C.a; mine ‎ D.an; yours ‎7.People often go to swim in ____ summer.‎ ‎ A./‎ ‎ B.a ‎ C.an ‎ D.the ‎8.What ____ good idea it is!‎ ‎ A.a ‎ B.an ‎ C.the ‎ D./ ‎ ‎9.____ interesting film! We all like it very much.‎ ‎ A.What an ‎ B.What a ‎ C.How a ‎ D.How ‎10.There's ____ orange tree behind ____ house ‎ A.an; the ‎ B.a; a ‎ C.the; the ‎ ‎11.There is a book on the desk and ____ book is Meary's.‎ ‎ A.or ‎ B.a ‎ C.the ‎12.Tomorrow is ____ Teachers' Day and we”11 make ____ Teachers' Day card for our ‎ English teacher.‎ ‎ A.a; the ‎ B./; the ‎ C./; a ‎ D./;/‎ ‎13.____ woman over there is ____ popular teacher in our school.‎ ‎ A.A; an ‎ B.The; a ‎ C.The; the ‎ D.A; the ‎14.He used to be ____ teacher but later he turned ____ writer.‎ ‎ A.a; a ‎ B.a; the ‎ C./; a ‎ D.a; /‎ ‎15.They made him ____ king.‎ ‎ A.a ‎ B.the ‎ C.an ‎ D./‎ ‎16.His father is ____ English teacher. He works in our school.‎ ‎ A.a ‎ B.an ‎ C.the ‎ D./ ‎ ‎17.Is he ____ American boy?‎ ‎ A.an ‎ B.a ‎ C.one ‎ D./ ‎ ‎18.Does Tom often play ____ football after ____ school?‎ ‎ A./; /‎ ‎ B./; the ‎ C.the; /‎ ‎ D.a; /‎ ‎19.They passed our school ____ day before yesterday.‎ ‎ A.an ‎ B.one ‎ C.a ‎ D.the ‎20.Australia is ____ English-speaking country.‎ ‎ A.a ‎ B.an ‎ C.the ‎ D./ ‎ ‎21.She has ____ orange skirt. ____ skirt is nice.‎ ‎ A.a; The ‎ B.an; The ‎ C.an; A ‎ D.the; The ‎22.This is ____ apple. It's big apple.‎ ‎ A.an ,a ‎ B.a, the ‎ C.a, an ‎ D.an, the ‎23.Look at ____ horse over there.‎ ‎ A.a ‎ B.an ‎ C.the ‎ D./‎ ‎24.Don't play ____ basketball here. It's dangerous.‎ ‎ A.a ‎ B.an ‎ C./‎ ‎ D.the ‎25.There is ____ old woman in the car.‎ ‎ A./‎ ‎ B.the ‎ C.a ‎ D.an ‎26.Beijing is ____ beautiful city. It's ____ capital of China ‎ A.a; a ‎ B.the; the ‎ C./; the ‎ D.a. the ‎27.Shanghai is in ____ east of China.‎ ‎ A./‎ ‎ B.an ‎ C.a ‎ D.the ‎28.I' ve been a student there for nearly two and ____ half years.‎ ‎ A.a ‎ B.an ‎ C.the ‎ D./‎ ‎29.Bill is ____ English teacher. He likes playing ____ football.‎ ‎ A.a; the ‎ B.an; the ‎ C.a; /‎ ‎ D.an; /‎ ‎30.The museum is quite far. It will take you half ____ hour to get there by ____ bus.‎ ‎ A.an; /‎ ‎ B.an; a ‎ C.a; /‎ ‎ D./; /‎ ‎31.----Does Jim have ____ ruler?‎ ‎  ----Yes, he has ____ .‎ ‎ A.an; some ‎ B.a; one ‎ C.a; /‎ ‎ D.any; one ‎32.There is ____ old bike. ____ old bike is Mr Zhao's.‎ ‎ A.an; The ‎ B.the; An ‎ C.a; The ‎ D.the; The ‎33.____ apple a day keeps the doctors away.‎ ‎ A.The ‎ B.A ‎ C.An ‎ D.Two ‎34.----How many books do you have?‎ ‎  ----I have ____ book. That's ____ English book.‎ ‎ A.a; an ‎ B.a; one ‎ C.one; an ‎ D.one; one ‎35.At that time, Tom was ____ one-year-old baby.‎ ‎ A.a ‎ B.an ‎ C.the ‎ D./‎ ‎36.____ tiger is ____ China.‎ ‎ A.The; a ‎ B.A; the ‎ C.The; from ‎ D.The; the ‎37.We can't see ____ sun at ____ night.‎ ‎ A.the; the ‎ B.the; /‎ ‎ C.a; /‎ ‎ D./; /‎ ‎38.____ useful book it is!‎ ‎ A.What an ‎ B.How a ‎ C.What a ‎ D.What ‎39.One afternoon he found ____ handbag. There was ____ “s”on the corner of ____ handbag.‎ ‎ A.a; an; the ‎ B.a; a; the ‎ C.an; an; an ‎ D.the; a; a ‎40.____ old lady with white hair spoke ____ English well at ____ meetin ‎ A.An; an; the ‎ B.The; /; an ‎ C.The; /; a ‎ D.The; /; the ‎ 参考答案 ‎1.D.‎ ‎2.A.此句意为“他是队中有用的成员。”第一个空是泛指,故填 a;第二个空特指,故填the。如第二个空也填a,就说不清楚“他”在什么运动队了。‎ ‎3.A.一般说来,第一次提到某件事物用不定冠词,第二次重复该事物时则用定冠词。‎ ‎4.B.English是以元音音素开头,故用an。‎ ‎5.B.此处的苹果是泛指,故用an。‎ ‎6.D.此处的exercise以元音音素开头,且泛指,故填 an.第二空的 yours 是指 yours exercise book.‎ ‎7.A.泛指的季节名称前不加冠词。‎ ‎8.A.在what引导的感叹句中,如果名词中心词是单数名词,则应在其前加不定冠词。‎ ‎9.A.道理同上。‎ ‎10.A.第一个空泛指,第二个空特指。‎ ‎11.C.第二个book是特指,故填the。‎ ‎12.C.一般带有day的节日名称前都不加定冠词。如:National Day国庆节, Mid-Autumn Day中秋节。而第二个短语的名词中心词是泛指的card,故填a。‎ ‎13.B.第一个空:“那过的那个妇女”,是特指;第二个空是指那个妇女的身份、职业、是泛指。‎ ‎14.D.第一个空是泛指;第二个空用“零冠词”是因为turn后面的名词前一般不加冠词。‎ ‎15.D.表示某人的职位时可用“零冠词”。‎ ‎16.B 17.A 18.A.after school放学以后。‎ ‎19.D.the day before yesterday前天。‎ ‎20.B 21.B.第一空泛指,第二空特指。‎ ‎22.A.两个空都是泛指。‎ ‎23.C 24.C 25.D 26.D ‎27.D.in the east of在某地区(内)的东部。‎ ‎28.A.two and a half years也可说成 two years and a half,意思都是“两年半”。‎ ‎29.D 30.A.half an hour半小时,by bus乘公共汽车。‎ ‎31.B.第一空是泛指;第二空的one是不定代词,用以替代前面的ruler。‎ ‎32.A ‎33.C.这是一句谚语,意思是“一天吃一个苹果,用不着看医生。”‎ ‎34.C.one强调数量,用以回答“How many…?”问句;第二个空是泛指,故用an。‎ ‎35.A.one虽为元音字母开头,但以辅音音素 [w] 开头,故填a。‎ ‎36.C.此句意为:“这只老虎来自中国。”‎ ‎37.B.在“太阳、月亮、地球”的前面一般都加定冠词the;at night“在夜晚”,注意该短语中没有冠词。‎ ‎38.C ‎39.A.“s”虽为辅音字母,但却以元音音素[e] 开头,故填an。‎ ‎40.D.第一个空填the,是特指那个“白发老太太”;第二个空不填冠词,是因为在语言名称前面一般不加冠词。English后面如有 language,就得说 the English language。“在会议上”应为 at the meeting。 ‎ 一、名词 Ⅰ.选择填空 ‎1.Mr Gao is a teacher. He works in a new ____ .‎ ‎ A.shop ‎ B.school ‎ C.factory ‎ D.hospital ‎2.If you want to know the meaning of a word, you can look it up in a ____ .‎ ‎ A.diary ‎ B.dictionary ‎ C.newspaper ‎ D.diagram ‎3.Mr Shute is a friend of ____ .‎ ‎ A.John's uncle ‎ B.John uncle's ‎ C.John's uncle's ‎ D.John uncle ‎4.----Would you like ____ tea?‎ ‎  ----No, thanks. I have drunk two ____ .‎ ‎ A.any; bottles of orange ‎ B.some; bottles of orange ‎ C.many; bottles of oranges ‎ D.few; bottle of oranges ‎5.----When do you usually have your ____ in the evening?‎ ‎ A.things ‎ B.rice ‎ C.meal ‎ D.food ‎6.I usually go to a ____ to borrow some books.‎ ‎ A.shop ‎ B.cinema ‎ C.hospital ‎ D.library ‎7.People often use horses for ____ .‎ ‎ A.hard working ‎ B.working hard ‎ C.work hard ‎ D.hard work ‎8.The word “houses” underlined part is pronounced ____ .‎ ‎ A.[siz]‎ ‎ B.[ziz]‎ ‎ C.[zis]‎ ‎ D.[is]‎ ‎9.Uncle Wang bought two ____ yesterday.‎ ‎ A.watchs ‎ B.watches ‎ C.watch ‎ D.watchss ‎10.There are a lot of ____ down there but hardly any ____ .‎ ‎ A.sheeps; people ‎ B.sheep; people ‎ C.sheeps; peoples ‎ D.sheep; peoples ‎11.There is a ____ over the river.‎ ‎ A.ship ‎ B.boat ‎ C.bridge ‎ D.village ‎12.In ____ time, those mountains will be covered with trees, too.‎ ‎ A.few years ‎ B.a few years' ‎ ‎ C.a few year ‎ D.a few year's ‎13.There are lots of ____ in the basket on the table.‎ ‎ A.tomatos ‎ B.tomato ‎ C.tomatoss ‎ D.tomatoes ‎14.Whose ____ are these?‎ ‎ A.photo ‎ B.photoes ‎ C.photos ‎ D.photoss ‎15.The cat caught two ____ last night.‎ ‎ A.mouses ‎ B.mice ‎ C.mouse ‎ D.mices ‎16.Jack went to have two ____ pulled out yesterday afternoon.‎ ‎ A.tooths ‎ B.tooth ‎ C.teeth ‎ D.toothes ‎17.The leaning tower is about 180 ____ high.‎ ‎ A.feet ‎ B.foot's ‎ C.foots ‎ D.feets ‎18.There are many ____ on the hill.‎ ‎ A.sheeps ‎ B.sheep ‎ C.sheepes ‎ D.sheep's ‎19.There are six ____ and fifteen ____ in this workshop.‎ ‎ A.mans; womans ‎ B.men; women ‎ C.men; womans ‎ D.mans; women ‎20.In our school there are fifty-five ____ .‎ ‎ A.women teachers ‎ B.woman teachers ‎ C.women teacher ‎ D.woman's teacher ‎21.The day before yesterday she told me ____ news.‎ ‎ A.a good ‎ B.such a good ‎ C.so good a ‎ D.a piece of good ‎22.I won't go there with you, for I have a lot of ____ to do.‎ ‎ A.works ‎ B.job ‎ C.work ‎ D.working ‎23.____ will conquer(征服) nature.‎ ‎ A.The man ‎ B.A man ‎ C.The me ‎ D.Man ‎24.Li Lei is a friend of ____ .‎ ‎ A.I sister ‎ B.my sister's ‎ C.me sister ‎ D.my sister of ‎25.Have you read ____ ?‎ ‎ A.today's ‎ B.today paper ‎ C.the today's paper ‎ D.today's paper ‎26.The old woman feeds four ____ .‎ ‎ A.piggs ‎ B.piges ‎ C.pigs ‎ D.pig ‎27.There are seven ____ in a week.‎ ‎ A.dayes ‎ B.days ‎ C.daies ‎ D.day ‎28.Grade Three is divided into seven ____ in our school.‎ ‎ A.class ‎ B.classes ‎ C.class's ‎ D.class'‎ ‎29.How many ____ are there in the room?‎ ‎ A.boxes ‎ B.box ‎ C.boxs ‎ D.boxxes ‎30.There ____ all kinds of ____ in this shop.‎ ‎ A.are; watches ‎ B.be; watches ‎ C.is; watch's ‎ D.are; watchs Ⅱ.根据句意,选用适当的词填空(同义近义词)‎ ‎31.Can you answer my ____ , Jim?‎ ‎ (A.question  B.problem)‎ ‎32.Do you know the girl ____ those people?‎ ‎ (A.between  B.among)‎ ‎33.He won't go there, I won't, ____ .‎ ‎ (A.too  B.either  C.also)‎ ‎34.Can you ____ me your pen?‎ ‎ (A.borrow  B.lend)‎ ‎35.Who is going to ____ at the meeting?‎ ‎ (A.say  B.speak  C.talk  D.tell)‎ ‎36.Don't ____ in bed. It's bad for your eyes.‎ ‎ (A.see  B.read  C.look)‎ ‎37.Do you like reading this ____ book?‎ ‎ (A.interesting  B.interested)‎ ‎38.My mother is ill. I ____ stay at home and look after her.‎ ‎ (A.have to  B.must)‎ ‎39.I don't know ____ or not she can speak English.‎ ‎ ( A.if  B.whether)‎ ‎40.Go ____ the bridge, you'll find the bus stop on the left.‎ ‎ (A.cross  B.in  C.across  D.along) ‎ 参考答案 ‎1.B.前一句说到“高先生”是老师,可知他在“学校”工作。‎ ‎2.B.如果你想知道词义,就必须在“字典”里查单词。‎ ‎3.B.“of+'s 所有格”结构称为双重所有格。A项的错误是uncle后应加's 所有格形式; C项错误在于John后加了's所有格形式。D项错误是两个词都没有's所有格。‎ ‎4.B.“Would you like…?”句型中用 some,是表示客气的邀请对方做某事。 two bottles of orange表示“两瓶桔子汁。”不可数名词的量化表示是在前面加上一个“数词+可数名词单(复)数+不可数名词。”如果是“一瓶桔子汁”,则应为a bottle of orange.‎ ‎5.C.have a meal指“吃饭”。 have rice指“吃米饭”。此句的情景是指平常什么时间吃饭,而不是指具体吃什么,故不选B。‎ ‎6.D.一般“借书”须到“图书馆”。‎ ‎7.D.此同意为“人们常用马干繁重的活”。注意“use sth. for sth. ”结构, for后面一般接名词短语,而不接不定式。for后面接的名词表示用于某方面。‎ ‎8.B.此题考查house复数houses的发音,注意这是一个特例: house[haus], house['hauziz]。‎ ‎9.B.以-s,-x,-ch,-sh接尾的单数可数名词变复数时,后加-es。‎ ‎10.B.sheep的单复数同形; people作“人们、人民”讲没有单数形式;作“民族”讲有单复数变化。例如:This will help peoples among different countries undrestand each other better.这有助于不同国家人民之间的更好地相互理解。‎ ‎11.C.在河上(垂直的)上面一定是“桥”。‎ ‎12.B.“几年后”可以说 in a few years' time 或 in a few years。‎ ‎13.D                                          14.C ‎15.B.mouse的复数形式是 mice。‎ ‎16.C              17.A         18.B           19.B         20.A ‎21.D.A、B两项的错误在于两者中都多了a,news是不可数名词。如将其中的a去掉,则为正确选项。C项的错误在于 so good后只能接单数可数名词。‎ ‎22.C.work作“工作”讲,是不可数名词。job侧重于“职业”,是可数名词。若指某人做什么工作,只能用单数。‎ ‎23.D.man作“人类”讲,须用单数形式,且前面不加冠词。该句意为“人类将能征服自然。”‎ ‎24.B.此题考查双重所有格。双重所有格结构为:“名词+of+'s所有格”,此结构中的's所有格也可用名词性物主代词来代替。‎ ‎25.D.“今天的报纸”可说today's paper。B项错误在于today的通格(非's所有格)不能作前置定语(但可作后置定语。如: the paper today) C项错误在于定冠词 the不能和 's所有连用。‎ ‎26.C              27.B           28.B         29.A ‎30.A.因为kind和watch都是复数形式,故谓语动词用复数。‎ ‎31.A.question指“需要回答的问题”;problem指“需要解决的问题”、“难题”、“数学题”。‎ ‎32.B.between指“在……(两者)之间”,among指在“在……(三者以上)之间”,among也可指在三者以上诸物体的“两者之间”。‎ ‎33.B.这三个词都可表示“也,但用法不同。too和also用于肯定句和疑问句,too多用于句尾,also多用于动词be、助动词之后,实意动词之前。either主要用于否定句。‎ ‎34.B.lend意为“借(出)”,borrow意为“借(入)”。‎ ‎35.B.这四个动词都和“说”有关,但其含义和用法各不相同。 say强调“说”的内容。如: What did he say at the meeting?(他在会上讲什么了?)speak意为“说”某种语言,“发言、演讲”。talk意为“谈论、交谈”,强调“说”的连续性。如:They talked until it got dark. (他们一直谈到天黑)。tell意为“告诉”,强调“叙述、讲述”,多带双宾语。‎ ‎36.B.这三个词都和“看”有关。look强调“看”的动作;see强调“看”的结果,即“看见”,而read的看是指“看书(报纸)”,即“阅读”。‎ ‎37.A.interesting意为“(物)有趣的”; interested指“(人)感兴趣的”。‎ ‎38.A.have to意为“必须、不得不”,强调客观需要; must意为“必须、应该”,强调主观愿望。‎ ‎39.B.这两个词都可做“是否”讲,引导宾语从句。但在“whether or not…”结构中,一般用whether,用不用 if。‎ ‎40.C.注意 cross 意思与across相近,都是“横越、穿过”,但cross是动词,不能与go连用。选B也不行,因为不能说 go in the bridge。 along是“沿着”之意,可以说 along the street, along the river,而不能说along the bridge. ‎